Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit M10-148 - HOME DEPOT
HOME DEPOT 6810 S 180 ST M10 -148 City of/Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 - 431 -2451 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us MECHANICAL PERMIT Parcel No.: 3623049074 Address: 6810 S 180 ST TUKW Project Name: HOME DEPOT Permit Number: M10 -148 Issue Date: 02/09/2011 Permit Expires On: 08/08/2011 Owner: Name: HD DEVELOPMENT OF MARYLAND Address: PROPERTY TAX DEPT #4705 , PO BOX 105842 30339 Contact Person: Name: DOUG COGER Phone: 480 - 226 -3009 Address: 1506 W WHISPERING WIND DR - SUITE 130 , PHOENIX AZ 85085 Email: DOUGC @LROGERSELECTRIC.COM Contractor: Name: LIN R ROGERS ELECTRICAL INC Phone: 770 - 772 -3400 Address: 2050 MARCONI DR STE 200 , ALPHARETTA GA 30005 Contractor License No: LINRRRR956B1 Expiration Date: 01/29/2013 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REPLACE THE EXISTING 50KW PROPANE EMERGENCY GENERATOR WITH NEW 150KW DIESEL EMERGENCY /STANDBY GENERATOR AT THE SAME EXTERIOR BLOCK WALL & FENCE ENCLOSURE LOCATION. Value of Mechanical: $35,000.00 Fees Collected: $612.31 Type of Fire Protection: UNKNOWN International Mechanical Code Edition: 2009 Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this mechanical permit and agree to the conditions on the back of this permit. Signature: - 1 n Date: 0 2 Oq _ 1 Print e: .� rdc<n I'J\ b e 4 - This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IMC -4/10 M10 -148 Printed: 02 -09 -2011 PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit No. M10-148 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 6: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 7: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 8: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 9: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431- 3670). 10: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of arty other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 11: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 12: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 13: A separate permit for the installation of aboveground flammable /combustible liquid storage tanks must be obtained from the Tukwila Fire Department, 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)- 575 -4407 14: The tank must be located a minimum of 5 ft. from the building. 15: Tank installation shall comply with International Fire Code Section 3404.2.9, NFPA 30 and manufacturers installation guidelines. 16: Generator installation shall comply with NFPA 30, chapter 22, NFPA 31, NFPA 37, NFPA 110, NFPA 111, NFPA 70, article 445, and manufacturers installation guidelines. 17: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 18: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 19: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. 20: ** *PLANNING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** doc: IMC -4/10 M10 -148 Printed: 02 -09 -2011 21: Per TMC 8.22.110, testing of a ncy backup generators shall occur during 7:OOAM to 10:OOPM Monday througl day, and from 8:OOAM to 10:OOPM Saturday, i'me hours, defined as the hours from ay, and State - recognized holidays. doc: IMC -4/10 M10-148 Printed: 02 -09 -2011 • CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.ci.tukwilawaus • Building Permit No. Mechanical Permit No IA ( v — � 4 g Plumbing/Gas Permit,No: Public Works Permit No. Project No. (For office use only) Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION Site Address: 6.3 / 0 S. !O4 Tenant Name: Ho ',le I.�e'Do'r 3-f o' e, 414705— Property Owners Name: H O vh e. De ft) +— p\ Mailing Address: ZLI $3 Pu ce5 Ferr`7 ll��. King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Suite Number: New Tenant: ❑ Yes INo 3j2304- �a7- Floor: Afil4,t City GA State 3033q Zip CONTACT PERSON — who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Name: 0 D LA) C ()lee— i ` Day Telephone: Mailing Address: I SO W . t✓i,; 3 f . fsci Pe- Sic )30 Floe-no( AL �b $� City State GZip E -Mail Address: CI O N �j L & 1 rode q e �' .5 & )e &t r i c. . (0'''i Fax Number: 162-3) Sib -7316 / 6 GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION — (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: State Zip ARCHITECT OF RECORD — All plans must be stampe t by Architect of Record Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: Fax Number: ENGINEER OF RECORD — All plans must be s ' • mped by Engineer of Record Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: H:\Applications\Porms- Applications On Line\2010 Applications \7 -20 t - Permit Application doc Revised: 7 -2010 bh City State Zip Day Telephone: Fax Number: Page 1 of 6 • • MECHANICAL PERMIT INFORMATION — 206 -431 -3670 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Li el K. Ro0e,5 Company Name: Mailing Address: 2- O SO M G r cow► r D ✓' . Sfie M che b5 N1c or b5 0 Irajer5e,Ie.u$ - ;c ,Loth Contractor Registration Number: f-G O 1 L I N R R R R 1s6 a1 Contact Person: E -Mail Address: 0A-1-v-4 -17,c . Zoo Alp)4re,firo, GA 30oos City State Zip Day Telephone: ( 770) 772.-3 I./ 73 Fax Number: ($66) 120 - Li6 `/b Expiration Date: //Zy/ 2_ d // Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $D 3s;000 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Re P) Ace C)( 54-73 sC K I'') P`o%k"' e E. kvi PPie"c y 2 ✓, 2 rG i-vr �.✓ i t� n c,�,✓ ISO s�W Di eS el e l^t ej GYt c /Si-a -4 67 C- ene. -4 h7 i ^. At tke Same eXfer ;or- block w4 1I `j Fe.- cc e ol clo$cir —e loc.�:f�,'o• -� . Use: Residential: New .... ❑ Commercial: New .... ❑ Replacement .... ❑ Replacement .... i Fuel Type: Electric ❑ Gas Other: D I1✓5e1 Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Boiler /Compressor: 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Qty Furnace <100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM Fire Damper Furnace >100K BTU Evaporator Cooler Diffuser 3 -15 1 -IP /500,000 BTU Floor Fumace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct Thermostat 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater Ventilation System Wood/Gas Stove 30 -50 HP /1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent Hood and Duct Emergency Generator ` 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig/Cooling System Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipment Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM Incinerator — Comm/Ind H:\ Applicationaorms- Applications On Line\2010 Applications \7 -2010- Permit Application.doc Revised: 7 -2010 bh Page 4 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES - Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signature: Date: (t — (j - Print Name: VA NI cCf n,41 -1-17.1-3 t.-5 +p Day Telephone: Mailing Address: / 3t00 A v S //- l 0,4-, ' li. 02 s Pl6- f ^" 1"l ,,r'g 5 C (1-773 State Zip City IDate Application Accepted: 1 0 f- f v Date Application Expires: Lt._ ._' Staff Initials: H:\Applications \Forms - Applications On Line12010 Applications V-2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 7 -2010 bh Page 6 of 6 • 1 (City of Tukwila 908 Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http:/lwww.ci.tukwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 3623049074 Address: 6810 S 180 ST TUKW Suite No: Applicant: HOME DEPOT RECEIPT Permit Number: M10 -148 Status: APPROVED Applied Date: 10 /15 /2010 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R11 -00246 Payment Amount: $489.85 Initials: WER Payment Date: 02/09/2011 10:17 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 Payee: LIN R ROGERS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 129213 489.85 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts MECHANICAL - NONRES 000.322.102.00.00 489.85 Total: $489.85 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 02 -09 -2011 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 3623049074 Address: 6810 S 180 ST TUKW Suite No: Applicant: HOME DEPOT RECEIPT Permit Number: M10 -148 Status: PENDING Applied Date: 10/15/2010 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R10 -02090 Initials: User ID: WER 1655 Payment Amount: $122.46 Payment Date: 10/15/2010 02:00 PM Balance: $489.85 Payee: PERMIT PLACE INC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 9131 122.46 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 122.46 Total: $122.46 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 10 -15 -2010 • INSPECTION RECORD': Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT N CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 fc- Project: /,/&ff l)-' PST Type of Inspection: F7 A/A L Address: f' -',gill ,s ldQdS'T Date Called: Special Instructions: '- Date Wanted: Requester: Phone No: L /,i — 751 2q7 4 Approved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. i COMMENTS: PPl, 1;,L Arki D jo /r = /A►it / r 5 //4 /Aims ,a■lhi,J ,?es PACT 13/9 WA .-? - .? 3 - // 1 At, , rir4 Pitt/r2 itspecto : Date: ✓,,crJ �� 'A 0 O- / NSPECTION EE RE UIRED. Prionext inspection. fee must be d at 6300 Southcenter�lvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule • reinspection. . AILINVOONa.. _ .w_ -.... • • ,• err -ti: '9A.i, • INSPECTION RECORD. Retain a copy with permit M10 - Hs PERMIT NO. �,�,� A CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Yi INSPEC TION NO. Project !, ! Type izf In p lion: 0 Ad�es3:. j 0 1&I) . - f Date Called: Special Instructions: 1Vg� , 50 fr, ,i b; es he /f 7 � ,- Date Wanted: �} a.m. —_3 ! "I r p.m. Requester: Phone - fri -‘,..45, Approved per applicable codes. D Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: X 3 A Q. rvi (^ r2J i-7-✓ fe ! v n L c_i u r A- e- ,,t ,,�.{ - e Se! p i-1,_// .ide s.-I, Date:3 r -7 n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. .PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION .' 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 1 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: I-1 owl ' ves T` Type of Inspection: R apt cd 0 ....x-f., j Address: 4="1510 S l ea Date Called: / 3 � � Y C Cs p V t 4 4' • C A D `f Stf1.. .-- L14C Special Instructions: Date Wanted: , S f ' Requester: Phone No: c"7 P ---74'1 - 6. L-/C c-3 ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r1 VI kit- ifiN Ti 11 i !h Y A-0 4 A, 4 J`/ / N J C / 3 � � Y C Cs p V t 4 4' • C A D `f Stf1.. .-- L14C M .— r specto Datt- ri NSPECTION FEE REQUI ` ED. Prior t s next inspection, fee muss be paid at 6300 Southcenter BI Suite 1 9i. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 0(1-r Project: 'j'' • / vv' e. h� D t Type of Inspe ion: / i,C /\ Addres: 6 r3 ( �a Suite #: `' c l © �?� Contact Person: o G 1 -er Instructions: Special nstru Occupancy Type: w: r / `� Phone No.. co - d a 4 - ?oo7 MApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: • Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: , foc v v) c `f t / 7 -Ff -c '- C 1 S i`--14 -�.. ` u2 f}ii n conitbeate .2 Permits: Occupancy Type: w: r Yo-n. - oK Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: , Monitor: Pre -Fire: . Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: - L Date: e// /9/4 Hrs.: / A41-1D $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 .T.F.D. Form F.P:.413 • INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit fM t l — 1 Yq PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Project: i�// Tlem. 0401- 41.4 -- Type of Inspection: 0. et Gl 1 v Spgt,lvn Address: fm c /0 5,1q0y.L. Suite #: Contact Person: To f Aav, 14\% v e f i s Fie c\--- Special Instructions: Phone No.: 67e 7 e-( —6 L/90 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: A @c(A Fve r1, J y./e) A vA ,JQPrX h !6^ % /cq are w/ i14 4Aec4evi,. ///a en ftecfre4v Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspecto Date: f 21 IL( ( Hrs.: (.0 $80.00 REINSPE ON FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS O'edicatad ScrviOes A. TL900O. &.15 ? 9001;2000 Certified' OA •an FILE COPY Per° f Submittal Package 15OREOZJE Generator 280 Gallon California Style Diesel Tank KSS - DMTA -0080S 80A ATS KSS - DMTA -0150S 150A ATS M(O 148 FOR REVIEWED CODE COMPLIANCE 6DOOMED JAN 18 Lull City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED OCT 15 2010 PERMIT CENTER 5901 Goshen Springs Road NW Suite G Norcross, GA 30071 • Toll Free (888) 826 -4966 • Fax (770) 453 -4120 • www.nixonpower.com KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Quote Model 150REOZJE Spec Sheets Altemator Data Dimensional Drawings Wiring Schematic Diagrams Warranty Prototype Test Certifications Misc Pre - Startup Checklist Sub - Section Literature Altemator Data Sheet 4S13 Generator ADV -7734 Accessories ADV -7841 Controller ADV -5849 Enclosure ADV -7825 Remote Serial Annunciator ADV -6990 Controller ADV -7761 Controller GM67191 Controller GM70970 Warranty TP -5561 Prototype Test Certification G18 -56 Battery Charger 244578 Battery Charger GM28341 Block Heater 326220 Block Heater GM20968 Circuit Breaker ADV -7371 Circuit Breaker GM47475 Lugs ADV -7376 Pre - Startup Checklist PreStartUpCheckList Power Services Company ...the generator people NIXON POWER SERVICES 5901 GOSHEN SPRINGS ROAD NW SUITE G / NORCROSS, GA 30071 P: 770 -448 -6687 T: 800 - 586 -4966 F: 770 -448 -6535 Job Name: KT- 150REOZJE- 08/09/10 Offer: K300301361 Version 1.0 Page 1 GENERATOR SET Model: 150REOZJE This generator set equipped with a 4513 alternator operating at 277/480 volts is rated for 155 kW/194 kVA. Output amperage: 233 Configuration Qty Description 1 150REOZJE Generator Set 31 Warranty, 5 Year Comprehensive 31 Power Factor Test,0.8,3Ph Only 31 LCB, 60A, HDL, Therm Mag, 80% 31 Mtg, LCB, H- Frame, 40 -90A, 4S 31 Neutral, 600A 4S 31 LCB, 150A, HDL, Therm Mag, 80% 31 MTG, LCB2, H -FR TO H /J, 100 -150A, 4S /4UA 31 Covers, 4S J -Box H/J -Frame With H/J LCB 31 Unit, Mtd. Radiator Cooling 31 Skid & Plant Mtg. 31 150REOZJE, 12V, 60Hz 31 Nameplate Rating, Standby 130 Degree 31 Decal, UL2200 Listing (Diesel) 31 CSA Approval,4S 31 Voltage ,60Hz,277 /480V,3Ph,4W,0.8PF 31 Altemator, 4S13 31 Standard Duty Air Intake 31 Controller, DEC3000, 800A 31 Control & Harness,DEC3000, Upper Mnt 31 Enclosure, Weather Steel 31 Block Heater, 1800w, 120V, 1 Ph 31 Battery,1 /12V,950CCA,Wet 31 Batt Chgr, Float, 90 -120V, 12V -6A 31 Manual Speed Adjust 31 Run Relay, 12V 31 Flexible Fuel Lines 31 Skid, Extension 31 Remote AN Alarm Panel 31 Closed Crankcase Vent 31 Coolant in Genset 6 gals. KOHLERoPOWER SYSTEMS ' f Job Name: KT- 150REOZJE- 08/09/10 Offer: K300301361 Version 1.0 Page 2 Power Services Company ...the generator people NIXON POWER SERVICES 5901 GOSHEN SPRINGS ROAD NW SUITE G / NORCROSS, GA 30071 P: 770 -448 -6687 T: 800 - 586 -4966 F: 770 -448 -6535 31 Lit Kit, General Maint, 150REOZJE MISCELLANEOUS ' Part Number Qty Description ES 31 Special IBC certification KOHLERPOWER SYSTEMS KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS Spec Sheets 150REOZJE KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS Diesel 09001 -(0m. NATIOHAtUY REGISTERED Generator Set Ratings Standby130C Ratings Standard Features • Kohler Co. provides one - source responsibility for the generating system and accessories. • The generator set and its components are prototype - tested, factory- built, and production- tested. • The 60 Hz generator set offers a UL 2200 listing. • The generator set accepts rated load in one step. • The generator set complies with ISO 8528 -5, Class G2, requirements for transient performance in all generator set configurations. Select the Decision - MakerT"' 550 controller for improved voltage regulation and ISO 8528 -5, Class G3, compliance. • The 60 Hz generator set engine is certified by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to conform to Tier 3 nonroad emissions regulations. • A one -year limited warranty covers all systems and components. Two-, five -, and ten -year extended warranties are also available. • Alternator Features: o The unique Fast - Response TM II excitation system delivers excellent voltage response and short circuit capability using a permanent magnet (PM)- excited altemator. o The brushless, rotating -field alternator has broad range reconnectability. Other Features: o Controllers are available for all applications. See controller features inside. o The low coolant level shutdown prevents overheating (standard on radiator models only). o Integral vibration isolation eliminates the need for under -unit vibration spring isolators. Altemator Voltage Ph Hz kW /kVA Amps 4S13 277/480 3 60 155/194 233 RATINGS: All three -phase units are rated at 0.8 power factor. All single-phase units are rated at 1.0 power factor. Standby Ratings: Standby ratings apply to installations served by a reliable utility source. The standby rating is applicable to varying loads for the duration of a power outage. There is no overload capability for this rating. Ratings are in accordance with ISO - 3046/1, BS5514, AS2789. and DIN 6271. Prime Power Ratings: Prime power ratings apply to installations where utility power is unavailable or unreliable. Al varying load, the number of generator set operating hours is unlimited. A 10% overload capacity is available for one hour in twelve. Ratings are in accordance with ISO - 852811, overload power in accordance with ISO - 3046/1, BS 5514, AS 2789, and DIN 6271. For limited running time and base load ratings, consult the factory. Obtain the technical information bulletin (TIB -101) on ratings guidelines for the complete ratings definitions. The generator set manufacturer reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR DERATION! Altitude' Derate 0.5% per 100 m (328 ft.) elevation above 1600 m (5250 ft ). Temperature' Derate 1 0% per 10 °C (18 °F) temperature above 25 °C (77°F). Model: 150REOZJE, continued Alternator Specifications Specifications Altemator manufacturer Type Exciter type Leads, quantity Voltage regulator Insulation Insulation: Material Insulation: Temperature Rise Bearing: quantity, type Coupling Amortisseur windings Voltage regulation, no -load to full -load Decision - Maker 3000 controller 550 controller (with 0.5% drift due to temperature variation) One -Step Load Acceptance Unbalanced load capability Altemator Kohler 4 -Pole, Rotating -Field Brushless, Permanent - Magnet 12, Reconnectable Solid State, Volts /Hz NEMA MG1 Class H 130 °C, Standby 1, Sealed Flexible disc Full 3 -Phase Sensing, ±0.5% 3 -Phase Sensing, ±0.25% 100% of rating 100% of Rated Standby Current • Sustained short- circuit current of up to 300% of the rated current for up to 10 seconds. • Sustained short- circuit current enabling down stream circuit breakers to trip without collapsing the alternator field. • Self- ventilated and dripproof construction. • Vacuum - impregnated windings with fungus- resistant epoxy varnish for dependability and long life. • Superior voltage waveform from a two- thirds pitch stator and skewed rotor. • Fast - Response TM' II brushless altemator with brushless exciter for excellent load response. Model: 150REOZJE, continued Engine Engine Specifications Engine Manufacturer Engine Model Engine: type Cylinder arrangement Displacement, L (cu. in.) Bore and stroke, mm (in.) Compression ratio Piston speed, m/min. (ft. /min.) Main bearings: quantity, type Rated rpm Max. power at rated rpm, kWm (BHP) Cylinder head material Crankshaft material Valve (exhaust) material Intake Valve (exhaust) material Exhaust Govemor: type, make /model Frequency regulation, no-load to-full load Frequency regulation, steady state Frequency Air cleaner type, all models Exhaust John Deere 6068HF285 4- Cycle, Turbocharged 6 Inline 6.79(414) 106 x 127 (4.19 x 5.00) 17.0:1 457 (1500) 7, Replaceable Insert 1800 177 (237) Cast Iron Forged Steel Chromium - Silicon Steel Stainless Steel JDEC Electronic L16 Denso HP3 Isochronous ±0.25% Fixed Dry Exhaust System Exhaust Manifold Type Exhaust flow at rated kW, m3 /min. (cfm) Exhaust temperature at rated kW, dry exhaust, °C ( °F) Maximum allowable back pressure, kPa (in. Hg) Exh. outlet size at eng. hookup, mm (in.) Engine Electrical Dry 33.9 (1197) 510 (950) 7.5 (2.2) 98 (3.86) Engine Electrical System Battery charging alternator Battery charging alternator: Ground (negative /positive) Volts (DC) Ampere rating Starter motor rated voltage (DC) Battery, recommended cold cranking amps (CCA): Qty., CCA rating each Battery voltage (DC) 12 Volt/24 Volt Negative 12/24 65/45 12/24 12 Volt/24 Volt One, 640/Two, 570 12 Model: 150REOZJE, continued Fuel Fuel System Fuel supply line, min. ID, mm (in.) Fuel return line, min. ID, mm (in.) Max. lift, fuel pump: type, m (ft.) Max. fuel flow, Lph (gph) Fuel prime pump Fuel Filter Secondary Fuel Filter Primary Fuel Filter Water Separator Recommended fuel Lubrication 11.0 (0.44) 6.0 (0.25) Electronic, 1.8 (6.0) 96.9 (25.6) Manual 2 Microns@ 98% Efficiency 30 Microns Yes #2 Diesel Lubrication System Type Oil pan capacity, L (qt.) Oil pan capacity with filter, L (qt.) Oil filter: quantity, type Oil cooler Cooling Full Pressure 27.0 (28.5) 27.9 (29.5) 1, Cartridge Water - Cooled Radiator System Ambient temperature, °C ( °F) Engine jacket water capacity, L (gal.) Radiator system capacity, including engine, L (gal.) Engine jacket water flow, Lpm (gpm) Heat rejected to cooling water at rated kW, dry exhaust, kW (Btu /min.) Heat rejected to air charge cooler at rated kW, dry exhaust, kW (Btu /min.) Water pump type Fan diameter, including blades, mm (in.) Fan, kWm (HP) Max. restriction of cooling air, intake and discharge side of radiator, kPA (in. H20) Operation Requirements 50 (122) 11.3 (3.0) 25.7 (6.8) 174 (46) 76.3 (4340) 31.8 (1810) Centrifugal 660 (26) 7.7 (10.3) 0.125 (0.5) Air Requirements Radiator - cooled cooling air, m3 /min. (scfm) * Combustion air, m3 /min. (cfm) Heat rejected to ambient air: Engine, kW (Btu /min.) Heat rejected to ambient air: Alternator, kW (Btu/ min.) *Air density = 1.20 kg /m3 (0.075 Ibm /ft3) 226.5 (8000) 13.6 (480) 35.9 (2040) 12.3 (700) Model: 150REOZJE, continued Diesel, Lph (gph), at % load Standby Fuel Consumption at 100% load Standby Fuel Consumption at 75% load Standby Fuel Consumption at 50% load Standby Fuel Consumption at 25% load Prime Fuel Consumption at 100% load Prime Fuel Consumption at 75% load Prime Fuel Consumption at 50% load Prime Fuel Consumption at 25% load Dimensions and Weights Overall Size, L x W x H, mm (in.): Weight (radiator model), wet, kg (Ib.): N• --w—.I L .4 Rating 44.3 Lph (11.7 gph) 35.1 Lph (9.3 gph) 26.3 Lph (6.9 gph) 16.2 Lph (4.3 gph) 40.6 Lph (10.7 gph) 32.3 Lph (8.5 gph) 24.0 Lph (6.3 gph) 14.4 Lph (3.8 gph) 2950 x 1120 x 1527 (116.1 x 44.1 x 60.1) 1429 -1497 (3150 -3300) NOTE: This drawing is provided for reference only and should not be used for planning installation. Contact your local distributor for more detailed information. Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLERPOWER SYSTEMS Generator Set Controller 09001 NATIONALLY QEGISTEREC KOHLER DEC:ISICN -MAKE R Decision - Maker® 3000 Kohler® Decision - Maker® 3000 Controller General Description and Function The Decision - Maker® 3000 generator set controller provides advanced control, system monitoring, and system diagnostics for optimum performance. The Decision-Maker® 3000 controller meets NFPA 110, Level 1 when equipped with the necessary accessories and installed per NFPA standards. The Decision - Maker® 3000 controller uses patented software logic to manage sophisticated functions, such as voltage regulation and alternator thermal overload protection, normally requiring additional hardware. Additional features include: • A digital display and pushbutton /rotary selector dial provide easy local access to data. • Measurements selectable in metric or English units. • Scrolling display shows critical data at a glance. • Digital display of power metering (kW and kVA). • Integrated hybrid voltage regulator providing ±0.5% regulation. • Built -in alternator thermal overload protection. G6 -100 10/09 Page 1 Emergency Stop Switch Digital Display -- Alarm Horn (located inside the controller) Master Control Buttons Off - Reset/Auto /Run with Lights Pushbutton /Rotary Selector Dial Annunciator Fault Light — Red - Shutdown, Yellow - Warning _ Alarm Silence/Lamp Test Button with Light User Interface Controls and • Emergency stop switch • Backlit LCD digital display with two lines of 12 characters (see User Interface Displays for menus) • Alarm horn indicates generator set shutdown and warning faults • Environmentally sealed membrane keypad with three master control buttons with lights o Off /Reset (red) o Auto (green) o Run (yellow) • Pushbutton /rotary selector dial for menu navigation o Rotate dial to access main menus o Push dial and rotate to access sub menus o Press dial for 3 seconds to retum to top of main menu • Annunciator fault light o System shutdown (red) o System warning (yellow) • Alarm silence/lamp test button o Alarm silence o Lamp test • USB connection o Allows software upgrades o Provides access for diagnostics • Dedicated user inputs o Remote emergency stop switch o Remote 2 -wire start for transfer switch o Auxiliary shutdown • Integrated hybrid voltage regulator • Auto - resettable circuit protection mounted on circuit board • One relay output standard. Optional five relay output available. • One analog and three digital inputs standard. Optional two inputs available. Components NFPA 110 Requirements In order to meet NFPA 110, Level 1 requirements, the generator set controller monitors the engine /generator functions and faults shown below. • Engine functions: o Overcrank o Low coolant temperature warning o High coolant temperature warning o High coolant temperature shutdown o Low oil pressure shutdown o Low oil pressure warning o High engine speed o Low fuel (level or pressure) * o Low coolant level o EPS supplying load o High battery voltage o Low battery voltage • General functions: o Master switch not in auto o Battery charger fault * o Lamp test o Contacts for local and remote common alarm o Audible alarm silence button o Remote emergency stop * • Functions require optional input sensors or kits USB Connection User Interface Displays The listing below has • denoting main menus and o denoting sub - menus. • Overview o Active shutdowns and warnings (if any are present) o Engine run time, total hours o Average voltage line -to -line o Frequency o Average current o Coolant temperature o Fuel level or pressure * o Oil pressure o Battery voltage o Software version • Engine Metering o Engine speed o Oil pressure o Coolant temperature o Battery voltage • Generator Metering o Total power, VA o Total power, W o Rated power, % o Voltage, L -L and L -N for all phases o Current, L1, L2, L3 o Frequency • GenSet Information o Generator set model number o Generator set serial number o Controller serial number • GenSet Run Time o Engine run time, total hours o Engine loaded, hours o Number of engine starts o Total energy, kWh • GenSet System o System voltage o System frequency, 50 or 60 Hz o System phase, single or three (wye or delta) o Power rating, kW o Amp rating o Power type, standby or prime o Measurement units, metric or English (user selectable) o Alarm silence, always or auto only • GenSet Calibration o Voltage, L -L and L -N for all phases o Current, L1, L2, L3 o Reset calibration • Voltage Regulation o Adjust voltage, ±10% • Digital lnputs o Input settings and status • Digital Outputs o Output settings and status • Analog Inputs o Input settings and status • Event Log o Event history (stores up to 1000 system events) • Function requires optional input sensors or kits G8 -100 10/09 Page 2 0 VII volts 480.0 .0 V V 0 OFF/RESET AUTO RUN ALARM LAMP FAULT illrt SILENCE/ TEST 0 . - -- — —� Pushbutton /Rotary Selector Dial Annunciator Fault Light — Red - Shutdown, Yellow - Warning _ Alarm Silence/Lamp Test Button with Light User Interface Controls and • Emergency stop switch • Backlit LCD digital display with two lines of 12 characters (see User Interface Displays for menus) • Alarm horn indicates generator set shutdown and warning faults • Environmentally sealed membrane keypad with three master control buttons with lights o Off /Reset (red) o Auto (green) o Run (yellow) • Pushbutton /rotary selector dial for menu navigation o Rotate dial to access main menus o Push dial and rotate to access sub menus o Press dial for 3 seconds to retum to top of main menu • Annunciator fault light o System shutdown (red) o System warning (yellow) • Alarm silence/lamp test button o Alarm silence o Lamp test • USB connection o Allows software upgrades o Provides access for diagnostics • Dedicated user inputs o Remote emergency stop switch o Remote 2 -wire start for transfer switch o Auxiliary shutdown • Integrated hybrid voltage regulator • Auto - resettable circuit protection mounted on circuit board • One relay output standard. Optional five relay output available. • One analog and three digital inputs standard. Optional two inputs available. Components NFPA 110 Requirements In order to meet NFPA 110, Level 1 requirements, the generator set controller monitors the engine /generator functions and faults shown below. • Engine functions: o Overcrank o Low coolant temperature warning o High coolant temperature warning o High coolant temperature shutdown o Low oil pressure shutdown o Low oil pressure warning o High engine speed o Low fuel (level or pressure) * o Low coolant level o EPS supplying load o High battery voltage o Low battery voltage • General functions: o Master switch not in auto o Battery charger fault * o Lamp test o Contacts for local and remote common alarm o Audible alarm silence button o Remote emergency stop * • Functions require optional input sensors or kits USB Connection User Interface Displays The listing below has • denoting main menus and o denoting sub - menus. • Overview o Active shutdowns and warnings (if any are present) o Engine run time, total hours o Average voltage line -to -line o Frequency o Average current o Coolant temperature o Fuel level or pressure * o Oil pressure o Battery voltage o Software version • Engine Metering o Engine speed o Oil pressure o Coolant temperature o Battery voltage • Generator Metering o Total power, VA o Total power, W o Rated power, % o Voltage, L -L and L -N for all phases o Current, L1, L2, L3 o Frequency • GenSet Information o Generator set model number o Generator set serial number o Controller serial number • GenSet Run Time o Engine run time, total hours o Engine loaded, hours o Number of engine starts o Total energy, kWh • GenSet System o System voltage o System frequency, 50 or 60 Hz o System phase, single or three (wye or delta) o Power rating, kW o Amp rating o Power type, standby or prime o Measurement units, metric or English (user selectable) o Alarm silence, always or auto only • GenSet Calibration o Voltage, L -L and L -N for all phases o Current, L1, L2, L3 o Reset calibration • Voltage Regulation o Adjust voltage, ±10% • Digital lnputs o Input settings and status • Digital Outputs o Output settings and status • Analog Inputs o Input settings and status • Event Log o Event history (stores up to 1000 system events) • Function requires optional input sensors or kits G8 -100 10/09 Page 2 Controller Features • AC Output Voltage Regulator Adjustment. The voltage adjustment provides a maximum of ±10% of the system voltage. • Alternator Protection. The controller provides generator set overload and short circuit protection matched to each alternator for the particular voltage /phase configuration. • Automatic Restart. The controller automatic restart feature initiates the start routine and recrank after a failed start attempt. • Cyclic Cranking. The controller has programmable cyclic cranking. • Engine Start Aid. The starting aid feature provides control for an optional engine starting aid. • Event Logging. The controller keeps a record (up to 1000 entries) for warning and shutdown faults. This fault information becomes a stored record of system events and can be reset. • Historical Data Logging. Total number of generator set successful starts is recorded and displayed. • Integrated Hybrid Voltage Regulator. The voltage regulator provides ±0.5% no -load to full -load regulation with three -phase sensing. • Lamp Test. Press the alarm silence /lamp test button to verify functionality of the indicator lights. • Power Metering. Controller digital display provides kW and kVA. • Programming Access (USB). Provides software upgrades and diagnostics. • Remote Reset. The remote reset function resets faults and allows restarting of the generator set without going to the master switch off /reset position. • RSA 11 Remote Monitoring Panel. The controller is compatible with the Kohler Remote Serial Annunciator (RSA II). • Run Time Hourmeter. The generator set run time is displayed. • Time Delay Engine Cooldown (TDEC). The TDEC provides a time delay before the generator set shuts down. • Time Delay Engine Start (TDES). The TDES provides a time delay before the generator set starts. Controller Functions The following chart shows which functions cause a warning or shutdown. All functions are available as relay outputs. Warning causes the fault light to show yellow and sounds the alarm horn signaling an impending problem. Shutdown causes the fault light to show red, sounds the alarm horn, and stops the generator set. • Standard functions c Available user functions * Functions require optional input sensors or kits t Items included with common fault shutdown G6 -100 10/09 Page 3 Warning Function Shutdown Function ,Eriglne'Funetionss:`V< ' :y. °;: , � Critically high fuel level * o ECM communication loss • ECM diagnostics • • Engine over speed •t Engine start aid active Engine under speed • Fuel tank leak * 0 0 High battery voltage • High coolant temperature • •t High fuel level * o Low battery voltage • Low coolant level • Low coolant temperature • Low cranking voltage • Low engine oil level* 0 0 Low fuel level (diesel models) * 0 0 Low fuel pressure (gas models) * o Low oil pressure • •t No coolant temperature signal • No oil pressure signal • Overcrank •t Speed sensor fault • General Functions .. :x +u ... Alarm horn silenced Analog inputs o 0 Battery charger fault * • Chicago code active* Common fault (includes t) • Common waming • Digital inputs o 0 Emergency stop •t Engine cooldown (delay) active Engine start delay active Engine started Engine stopped EPS supplying load Generator running Input/output communication loss • Internal failure • Master switch not in auto • NFPA 110 alarm active Remote start System ready Generator -Functionsn' _° °a�r „„ Qe• - -:; ,. . . AC sensing loss • • Alternator protection • _ Ground fault input * • kW overload • Locked rotor • Overfrequency • Overvoltage (each phase) • Underfrequency • Undervoltage (each phase) • • Standard functions c Available user functions * Functions require optional input sensors or kits t Items included with common fault shutdown G6 -100 10/09 Page 3 KOHLER CO., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920 - 565 -3381, Fax 920 -459 -1646 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 - 544 -2444 KohlerPower.com Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 Phone (65) 6264 -6422, Fax (65) 6264 -6455 Controller Specifications Decision - Maker® 3000—Software Version 1.00 or higher • Power source with circuit protection: 12- or 24 -volt DC • Power drain: 200 milliamps • Humidity range: 5% to 95% noncondensing • Operating temperature range: -40 °C to +70 °C ( -40 °F to +158 °F) • Storage temperature range: -40 °C to +85 °C ( -40 °F to +185 °F) • Standards: o CE Directive o NFPA 99 o NFPA 110, Level 1 o UL 508 o ASTM 8117 (salt spray test) • Panel dimensions —W x H, 229 x 160 mm (9.0 x 6.3 in.) Availability is subject to change without notice. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local Kohler® generator set distributor for availability. Decision - Maker® 3000 Available Options ❑ Common Fault Relay provides a relay output to trip a circuit breaker or to signal the common fault shutdowns. ❑ 2 Input/5 Output Module provides a generator set mounted panel with two inputs and five relay outputs. ❑ Float/Equalize Battery Charger available with 6 or 10 amp DC volt output. The 10 amp models are available with and without NFPA alarm to signal a battery charger fault. ❑ Prime Power Switch prevents battery drain during generator set non - operation periods and when the generator set battery cannot be maintained by an AC battery charger. ❑ Remote Emergency Stop Switch available as a wall mounted panel to remotely shut down the generator set. ❑ Remote Monitoring Panel. The Kohler® Remote Serial Annunciator (RSA II) enables the operator to monitor the status of the generator set from a remote location, which may be required for NFPA99 and NFPA 110 installations. ❑ Run Relay provides a relay indicating that the generator set is running. DISTRIBUTED BY: C 2009 by Kohler Co., All rights reserved. G6 -100 10/09 Page 4 Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLERPOVVER SYSTEWS Line Circuit Breakers 20 -2250 kW (9 9001 POWER SSIEMS NATIONALLY REGISTERED Single Circuit Breaker Kit with Neutral Bus Bar 20 -300 kW Model Shown Dual Circuit Breaker Kit with Neutral Bus Bar 20 -300 kW Model Shown Standard Features • The line circuit breaker interrupts the generator set output during a short circuit and protects the wiring when an overload occurs. Use the circuit breaker to manually disconnect the generator set from the load during generator set service. • Circuit breaker kits are mounted to the generator set and are available standard with load -side Tugs or bus bars and neutral bus bar. • Kohler Co. offers a wide selection of molded -case line circuit breaker kits including single and dual configurations for each generator set. • Four types of line circuit breakers are available: o Magnetic trip o Thermal magnetic trip o Electronic trip o Electronic with Ground Fault Circuit Interruption (GFCI) trip • In addition, line circuit breakers are offered with 80% and 100% ratings (thermal magnetic available only in 80% rating). • Single line circuit breaker kits allow circuit protection of the entire electrical system load. • Dual line circuit breaker kits allow circuit protection of selected priority loads from the remaining electrical system load. • Line circuit breakers comply with the following codes and standards unless otherwise stated. o UL 489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers o UL 1077 Supplementary Protectors o UL 2200 Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies 66 -88 4 /10c Line Circuit Breaker Types Ground fault trip units are an integral part of the circuit breaker and are not available as field- installable kits. The ground fault pickup switch sets the current level at which the circuit breaker will trip after the ground fault delay. Ground fault pickup values are based on circuit breaker sensor plug only and not on the rating plug multiplier. Changing the rating plug multiplier has no effect on the ground fault pickup values. Magnetic Trip The magnetic trip features an electromagnet in series with the load contacts and a moveable armature to activate the trip mechanism. When a sudden and excessive current such as a short circuit occurs, the electromagnet attracts the armature resulting in an instantaneous trip (UL 1077 circuit breakers). Thermal Magnetic Trip Thermal magnetic trip contains a thermal portion with a bimetallic strip that reacts to the heat produced from the load current. Excessive current causes it to bend sufficiently to trip the mechanism. The trip delay is dependant on the duration and excess of the overload current. Elements are factory- calibrated. A combination of both thermal and magnetic features allows a delayed trip on an overload and an instantaneous trip on a short circuit condition. Electronic Trip These line circuit breakers use electronic controls and miniature current transformers to monitor electrical currents and trip when preset limits are exceeded. Electronic with Ground Fault Trip The ground fault trip feature is commonly referred to as Ground Fault Circuit Interruption (GFCI). Models with GFCI compare current flow in phase and neutral lines, and trip when current unbalance exists. 80% Rated Circuit Breaker Most molded -case circuit breakers are 80% rated devices. An 80% rated circuit breaker can only be applied at 80% of its rating for continuous loads as defined by NFPA 70. Circuit conductors used with 80% rated circuit breakers are required to be rated for 100% of the circuit breaker's rating. The 80% rated circuit breakers are typically at a lower cost than the 100% rated circuit breaker but load growth is limited. 100% Rated Circuit Breaker Applications where all UL and NEC restrictions are met can use 100% rated circuit breakers where 100% rated circuits can carry 100% of the circuit breaker and conductor current rating. The 100% rated circuit breakers are typically at a higher cost than the 80% rated circuit breaker but have load growth possibilities. When applying 100% rated circuit breakers, comply with the various restrictions including UL Standard 489 and NEC Section 210. If any of the 100% rated circuit breaker restrictions are not met, the circuit breaker becomes an 80% rated circuit breaker. Accessories ❑ Neutral Lugs Various neutral lug sizes are available to accommodate multiple cable sizes for connection to the bus bar only. ❑ Alarm Switch The alarm switch indicates that the circuit breaker is in a tripped position caused by an overload, short circuit, ground fault, the operation of the shunt trip, an undervoltage trip, or the push -to- trip pushbutton. The alarm resets when the circuit breaker is reset. ❑ Auxiliary Contacts These switches send a signal indicating whether the main circuit breaker contacts are in the open or closed position. ❑ Bus Bars (units without circuit breakers installed) Bus bar kits are available on alternators with leads for connection to the generator set when circuit breakers are not ordered. Bus bar kits offer a convenient way to connect load leads to the generator set when a circuit breaker is not present. ❑ Ground Fault Annunciation A relay contact for customer connection indicates a ground fault condition and is part of a ground fault alarm. ❑ Lockout Device (padlock attachment) This field- installable handle padlock attachment is available for manually operated circuit breakers. The attachment can accommodate three padlocks and will lock the circuit breaker in the OFF position only. ❑ Overcurrent Trip Switch The overcurrent trip switch indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to overload, ground fault, or short circuit and returns to the deenergized state when the circuit breaker is reset. ❑ Undervoltage Trip, 12 VDC or 24 VDC The undervoltage trips the circuit breaker when the control voltage drops below the preset threshold of 35 % -70% of the rated voltage. ❑ Shunt Trip, 12 VDC or 24 VDC A shunt trip option provides a solenoid within the circuit breaker case that, when momentarily energized from a remote source, activates the trip mechanism. This feature allows the circuit breaker to be tripped by customer - selected faults such as altemator overload or overspeed. The circuit breaker must be reset locally after being tripped. Tripping has priority over manual or motor operator closing. ❑ Shunt Trip Wiring Connects the shunt trip to the generator set controller. G6 -88 4 /10c Line Circuit Breaker Specifications 80% Rating Circuit Breaker Gen. Set kW I 1 Alt. 1 Model . Ampere Range Trip Type C. B. Frame Style 20 -60 1 4P /4Q I 30 -100 Magnetic, UL 1077 E (480 V max.) Magnetic, UL 1077 with 12 V shunt trip Magnetic, UL 1077 with 24 V shunt trip 15 -150 Thermal magnetic H 175 -250 Thermal magnetic J 60 -180 4S /4V 30 -100 Magnetic, UL 1077 E (480 V max.) Magnetic, UL 1077 with 12 V shunt trip Magnetic, UL 1077 with 24 V shunt trip 15 -150 Thermal magnetic H 175 -250 Thermal magnetic J 300 -400 Thermal magnetic L 600 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 700 -800 Thermal magnetic M 800 Electronic P 800 Electronic GFCI 200 -300 4UA 15 -150 Thermal magnetic H 175 -250 Thermal magnetic J 300 -400 Thermal magnetic L 600 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 700 -800 Thermal magnetic M 1000 -1200 Thermal magnetic P 800 -1200 Electronic P 800 -1200 Electronic GFCI 350 -900 (small ext. box) (no 5M4044) 350 -900 (large ext. box) (no 5M4044) *t 1000- 2250 and 900 kW with 5M4044 (large ext. box) ** 4M /5M w/leads 4M /5M w/leads 5M/7M w /bus bars 300 -400 600 Thermal magnetic Electronic L D Electronic GFCI 700 -800 1000 -1200 Thermal magnetic Thermal magnetic M P 800 -1200 1600 -2500 1200 -2500 Electronic P R R Electronic GFCI Thermal magnetic Electronic Electronic GFCI Thermal magnetic Electronic Electronic GFCI 100% Rating Circuit Breaker Gen. Set kW Alt. j Ampere Model Range Trip Type C. B. Frame Style 20 -60 4P /4Q 150 -400 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 60-180 4S /4V 150 -400 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 600 -800 Electronic P Electronic GFCI 200 -300 4UA 150 -400 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 600 -1200 Electronic P Electronic GFCI 350 -900 (small ext. box) (no 5M4044) 4M/5M w/leads 150-400 Electronic D Electronic GFCI 600 -1200 Electronic P Electronic GFCI 350 -900 (large ext. box) (no 5M4044) *t 4M /5M w/leads 1600-2500 Electronic R Electronic GFCI 3000 Electronic NW Electronic GFCI 1000- 2250 and 900 kW with 5M4044 (large l ( g ext. box)** 5M/7M w/bus bars 1200 -2500 Electronic R Electronic GFCI 3000 Electronic NW Electronic GFCI Circuit Breaker Lugs Per Phase (AI /Cu) Frame Size Ampere Range Wire Range E (480 V max.) 30 -100 Up to two wire terminals fitting 10 -32 or 1/4 -20 stud H 15 -150 One #14 to 3/0 J 175 One 1/0 to 4/0 200 -250 One 3/0 to 350 kcmil L 300 -400 One #1 to 600 kcmil Al D 150 -400 One #2 to 500 kcmil Al One #2 to 600 kcmil Cu 600 Two 2/0 to 500 kcmil Al Two 2/0 to 350 kcmil Cu M 700 -800 Three 3/0 to 500 kcmil P 600 -800 Three 3/0 to 500 kcmil 1000 -1200 Four 3 /010 500 kcmil R 1600 -2500 (8) lugs per phase rated for (1) #4 -600 kcmil or (2) 1/0 -250 kcmil NW 3000 * Available as front or rear facing circuit breaker on junction box. Front facing circuit breakers are not available on the 600- 2000REOZM, 600- 2000REOZMB, and 400- 800RZW models t Front facing circuit breakers for 450 /500REOZVB models are available for units with standard air cleaner and not with heavy -duty air cleaner. 1 The 5M4044 is a 4 -bus alternator and has bus -type mounting. G6 -88 4 /10c KOHLER CO., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920 - 565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 - 544 -2444 KohlerPower.com Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 Phone (65) 6264 -6422, Fax (65) 6264 -6455 Line Circuit Breaker Applications Single Circuit Breaker Installations A generator set with a single circuit breaker installed typically feeds a single transfer switch and then a distribution panel. This allows protection of the entire system. Line C.B. To Remaining Building Loads Single line circuit breaker configuration where circuit breaker trip can trip causing all power to building Toads including priority load to be disrupted. To Priority Load(s) Dual Circuit Breaker Combinations Alternator Model First C. B. Frame Size Second C. B. Frame Size Comments 4P /4Q /4S/ 4V /4UA H — 100% rating, no GFCI J — H, J, L, or D 4S/4V/4UA L — H, J, L, or D 4P/4Q/4S/ 4V /4UA D — 100% rating, standard or GFCI 4S /4V /4UA M — 100% rating, no GFCI P — 100% rating, standard or GFCI 4P /4Q /4S/ 4V /4UA H H J H or J 4S /4V /4UA L H, J, or L 4P /4Q/ 4S /4V D H, J, L, or D 100% rating, no GFCI 4UA D H, J, L, or D Primary or sec. available as 100% rating, std. or GFCI Availability is subject to change without notice. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local Kohler© generator set distributor for availability. Dual Circuit Breaker Installations A generator set with dual circuit breakers installed is used to segregate critical loads. Typically, one circuit breaker will feed a main transfer switch with noncritical loads and the other circuit breaker will feed a second transfer switch that feeds critical loads. First Line C.B. Second Line C.B. (7) Distribution Panel To Remaining Building Loads Dual line circuit breaker configuration where first circuit breaker can trip allowing second circuit breaker to continue supplying power to priority load(s). To Priority Load(s) Alternator Model First C. B. Frame Size Second C. B. Frame Size Comments 4S /4V M H, J, L, or D 100% rating, no GFCI 4UA M H, J, L, or D D available as GFCI 4S /4V P H, J, L, or D 100% rating, no GFCI 4UA P H, J, L, or D P and /or D available as GFCI P P 100% rating, no GFCI 4M /5M/7M All — Dual circuit breaker configurations available as Engineered Specials DISTRIBUTED BY: ® 2007, 2010 by Kohler Co. Atl rights reserved. G6 -88 4110c Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS System Batteries 09001 (,) NATIONALLY REGISTERED Typical Overall Dimensions Standard Features • Kohler Co. selects batteries to meet the engine manufacturer's specifications and to comply with NFPA requirements for engine- cranking cycles. • Heavy -duty starting batteries are the most cost - effective means of engine cranking and provide excellent reliability in generator set applications. • Batteries are rated according to SAE standard J -537. All batteries are 12 -volt and have lead- calcium or lead - antimony plates with sulfuric acid electrolyte. • Most generator set battery kits offer dry- charged or wet - charged batteries. • Tough polypropylene cases protect against life - shortening vibration and impact damage. • Removable cell covers allow checking of electrolyte specific gravity. Battery SAE Dimension, mm (in.) Charge Type' Voltage Fuel Battery Part Number Battery Qty. per Kit BCI Group Size L W H Cold Cranking Amps at -18 °C (0 °F) Min. Reserve Capacity Minutes at 27 °C (80 °F) Min. Battery Post Layout and Style Wet 324586 1 31 330.2 (13.0) 173.0 (6.8) 239.8 (9.4) 950 185 B/2 4D 61 8D 0 Battery Specifications A B c G 31 0 s 24F IO Battery Post Layouts A-C and Styles 1 -2 Post 2 303-18 UNG-2A thread Motes Dimensions are in mm; 25A mm equals 1 inch. BO group numbers shovm in iiai ca_ Order stud tut 254427 to convert from Style 2 to Style 1. Positive. 17A8 dia. Negative. 15.88 di& 15.88 height 1:8 taper 12.7 -19.1 height Specifications Standard Features • 12 VDC output. * Use two battery chargers for 24 -volt electrical systems • Automatic 3 -stage float/equalize battery charger • Charges both lead -acid and gel -cell type batteries • Indicator lamps: red and green LEDs indicate bulk charge, absorption, and float charge stages • Durable potted assembly for full waterproofing and shockproofing • Reverse - polarity protection • Short- circuit protection • UL 1236 listed • UL 2200 compliant • UL 991 compliant for vibration and shock • UL listed to Canadian safety standards • UL rated inline fuse • FCC Class B- compliant for EMI /RFI (Date code 8/26/04 or later) • 1 -year warranty • Easy installation: • Integral mounting flanges • Ring terminals for battery connection • Standard US style 3 -prong AC plug Battery Charger Kit GM28569 -KA1 Input Voltage 90 -135 VAC Input Frequency 50/60 Hz DC Output: Bulk 11.8 -14.0 VDC @ 5.0 -6.0 amps DC Output: Absorption 14.0 -14.5 VDC @ 1.5 -5.0 amps DC Output: Float 13.3 -14.5 VDC @ 0.1 -1.5 amps Steady Full -Load Output Current 6 amps Current Limit 7 amps Output Power Limit 70 +2/ -5 watts Line Regulation Across Input Voltage Range 0.01 Isolation, Input to Output 2500 V Dimensions (L x W x D) 164 x 87 x 53 mm (6.4 x 3.5 x 2.1 in) Weight 1.6 kg (3.5 Ib.) Temperature Range, Operating and Storage --40 °C to 70 °C (-40°F to 158 °F) Humidity 0 to 100% (condensing) Float/Equalize Battery Charger, continued 4X06.00 164.0 143.5 10.3 F ail' t'44h� M mr> mew MT : 6®YOIM -12, p40f�t UMW. CSNN.Ya Output lea:1 length 1,2 m (4 ft.) 08mensions are in mm. 7 q Battery Connections Lead Length 1.2 m (4 ft.) Battery Connections 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) ring terminals AC Power Connections Lead Length 1.8 m (6 ft.) Connection Standard US style 3 -prong AC plug Shipping Information Carton Size 254 x 152 x 89 mm (10 x 6 x 3.5 in.) Shipping Weight 1.8 kg (4 Ib.) Charging Curves NATIONALLY REGISTERED Weather Enclosure with Lift Base Package cl I 51 • 3 Weather Enclosure Standard Features • Intemal- mounted critical silencer and flexible exhaust connector. • Lift base - mounted or tank mounted steel construction with hinged doors. • Fade -, scratch -, and corrosion - resistant Kohler® cream beige and black powder -baked finish. • Lockable, flush - mounted door latches. • Vertical air inlet and outlet hoods with 90 degree angles to redirect air and reduce noise. Weather Enclosure with Lift Base Package, continued Fade -, scratch -, and corrosion- resistant p order -baked thIsh Alternator access t Hinged doors 1.odratrie, flush- Encbsed exhaust stk ncsr Mkford ear for ease of mounted dos latches for Mprotied safety and discharge through senriong present tampering noise reduction an av oast ;Me 011111''.1N1riNN NM 1I;MM0 J11111111111 ■111 ".11L SDI 000 ll". 11!Ir 00000• 0100 11111101121 01011101001i 0111111111 010,100001001• Rodent guards and skid end raps prevent rmwanted antral entry Fired et flowlydet Oil drain and redietor drains Acoustic insulation meeting U6 84 HF Ilarrurras tty classification Noto: 2O- 60REOZJC models shown, other models are similar. Refer b the respective ADV drawings for detat4s. P V•71Ya- Weather Enclosure Features • Available in steel (14 gauge) formed panel, solid construction. Preassembled package offering dent resilient structure mounting directly to lift base or fuel tank. • Powder -baked paint. Superior finish, durability, and appearance. • Internal critical exhaust silencer offering maximum component life and operator safety. • Interchangeable modular panel construction. Allows complete serviceability or replacement without compromising enclosure design. • Cooling /combustion air intake with a horizontal air inlet. Sized for maximum cooling airflow. • Service access. Multi- personnel doors for easy access to generator set control and servicing of the fuel fill, fuel gauge, oil fill and battery. • Cooling air discharge. Weather protective design featuring vertical air discharge. Exhausts air through a punched air outlet grille. Fuel Est. Fuel Length Max. Enclosur Enclosur Enclosur Enclosur Fuel Sound Max. Weight, Tank Capacity, L (gal.) Supply Hours at 60 Hz with Full Load (B), mm (in.) Width, mm (in.) e and Fuel Tank Length, mm (in.) e and Fuel Tank Width, mm (in.) e and Fuel Tank Weight, kg (Ib.) e and Fuel Tank Height, mm (in.) Tank Height (H), mm (in.) Pressure at 7m (23ft.), dB(A) Height, mm (in.) kg (Ib.) Lift base 0 3532 1153 1860 1753 (69) 0 (0) (139.0) (45.4) (4101) KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS Alternator Data KOIM. POWER SYSTEMS TIB -102 TECHNICAL INFORMATION BULLETIN Alternator Model: Frequency: Speed: Leads: Alternator Data Sheet 4S13 60 Hz 1800 RPM 12 (6 Lead, 600 Volt) Voltage L -N /L-L Phase Power Factor Connection kW* (kVA) Class B Class F Class H 80 °C Continuous 90 °C Lloyds 95 °C ABS 105 °C Continuous 130 °C Standby 125 °C Continuous 150 °C Standby 139/240 142.0 149.0 152.0 159.0 175.0 172.0 180.0 277/480 3 0.8 Wye (177.5) (186.3) (190.0) (198.8) (218.8) (215.0) (225.0) 127/220 136.5 144.0 147.5 154.0 169.0 166.0 172.5 254/440 3 0.8 Wye (170.6) (180.0) (184.4) (192.5) (211.3) (207.5) (215.6) 120/208 131.0 139.0 143.0 149.0 163.0 160.0 165.0 240/416 3 0.8 Wye (163.8) (173.8) (178.8) (186.3) (203.8) (200.0) (206.3) 110/190 126.0 132.0 136.0 140.0 148.0 147.0 150.0 220/380 3 0.8 Wye (157.5) (165.0) (170.0) (175.0) (185.0) (183.8) (187.5) 120/240 3 0.8 Delta 128.0 (160.0) 136.0 (170.0) 140.0 (175.0) 146.0 (182.5) 160.0 (200.0) 157.0 (196.3) 160.0 (200.0) 120/240 1 1.0 Dogleg 78.0 (78.0) 83.0 (83.0) 86.0 (86.0) 91.0 (91.0) 101.0 (101.0) 100.0 (100.0) 101.0 (101.0) 120/240 1 0.8 Dogleg 58.0 (72.5) 62.0 (77.5) 64.0 (80.0) 68.0 (85.0) 76.0 (95.0) 75.0 (93.8) 76.0 (95.0) 347/600 3 0.8 Wye 142.0 (177.5) 149.0 (186.3) 152.0 (190.0) 159.0 (198.8) 175.0 (218.8) 172.0 (215.0) 180.0 (225.0) All data tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 115. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Submittal Data: 139/240 Volts, 0.8 PF, 1800 RPM, 60 Hz, 3- Phase, 130 °C Rise Symbol Per Unit Ohms Typical Resistances Phase Resistance Rotor Resistance Typical Reactances Synchronous Direct Quadrature Transient Unsaturated Saturated Subtransient Direct Quadrature Negative Sequence Zero Sequence 0.030 7.671 Xd 3.936 Xq 1.940 X'du 0.384 X'd 0.338 X °q X2 xo 0.110 0.111 0.010 0.010 Typical lime Constants 0.008 Armature Short Circuit 2.020 Transient Short Circuit Transient Open Circuit Typical Field Current 1.036 Full Load 0.511 No Load Typical Short Circuit Ratio Harmonic Distortion RMS Total Harmonic Distortion Max. Single Harmonic Deviation Factor (No Load, L -L) Telephone Influence Factor Insulation Material Class per NEMA MG1 -1.66 Phase Rotation 0.101 0.089 0.029 0.029 0.029 0.003 Symbol Value Ta 0.010 sec. rd 0.140 sec. T'do 1.640 sec. IfFL 30.5 amps IfN� 7.51 amps 0.334 2.5% 5th 3.7% <50 H ABC TIB -102 4S13 60 Hz 4109k 1 >, 0 c w 0 E w g z % Voltage Dip 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 100 200 300 Locked Rotor kVA 4S13, 60 Hz, 139/240, 277/480 Volts, Wye TYPICAL ALTERNATOR EFFICIENCY* 0 20 40 60 80 180 100 Output (kW) 120 4S13, 60 Hz, 139/240, 277/480 Volts, Wye TYPICAL MOTOR STARTING CHARACTERISTICS* 140 160 400 500 600 * All data tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 115. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. 2 4S13 60 Elz 4/09k TIB-102 Time, Seconds 1000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 4S13, 60 Hz, Low Wye or Delta Connection SHORT CIRCUIT DECREMENT CURVE I t I I I v I I I I a I I I I a I s I 1 I I a a I I I i I I I s I I I I a I I I I e I t I at L it a ■ a I , to 1 I a u a % 10 100 Armature Current, Amps Alternator Damage Curve on ® Line -to -Line 1 Phase 1000 3 Phase Symmetrical 10000 La Line -to- Neutral 1 Phase TIB -102 4S13 60 Hz 4/09k 3 Time, Seconds 4 1000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 4S13, 60 Hz, High Wye Connection SHORT CIRCUIT DECREMENT CURVE I I I I 1 I a s I f I I I I I I I e I i i I I I I I e a I 1 I i I r I a 1 a a i r I a 1 1 I 1 10 100 Armature Current, Amps Alternator Damage Curve ® ® Line - to-Line 1 Phase 1000 10000 3 Phase Symmetrical Line -to- Neutral 1 Phase 4S13 60 Hz 4/09k TIB -102 Time, Seconds 1000 100 10 0.1 0.01 4S13, 60 Hz, 600 V Connection SHORT CIRCUIT DECREMENT CURVE I I I I • I I I I I I ■ I n I I I s 1 • t • i I I a I a I • a a m I 0 l a A • a Z a • 10 100 Armature Current, Amps Alternator Damage Curve ® a■ Line -to -Line 1 Phase 1000 3 Phase Symmetrical 10000 ® ® Line -to- Neutral 1 Phase TIB -102 4S13 60 Hz 4/09k 5 IW 121 g 1 a VJ 0) E2 o co c O 0 E b F C TO TRA OPTIONAL BATTERY HEATER /CHARGER CONDUIT LOCATION G V G J L 597 [23.5] I J .3 J J V. V 1040 [40.9] � [21.65] ENCLOSED 392 24V BATTERY LOCATION �j 1245 [49.0] GENSETS ONLY [15 4] I2V BATTERY LOCATION ° ° 1 0 / 1 o o ° ' ///////I c `" - ; ° O o 0 0 la, __- / / / CONDUIT ENTRY AREA DR GENERATOR LOAD LEADS (BOTTOM ENTRY), IRCUIT BREAKER OPTION, REMOTE CONNECTION NSFER SWITCH AND REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR O ° O o o . o y o o - o ulrn u-1, N,__, - I _ Ir, Lo -'" ,-, rn • .__. - OPTIONAL o BLOCK HEATER �; CONDUIT LOCATION uo ulY r..--1- rarAffli , o 1 ' o o o o o / / 1 of • ��' -jv L.IV x_725[28.5] _ -., o� 75 [3.0] TYP o r 11 70, r T 1200 [47.2] -� - 370 [14.6] t 2000 [78.7] SUGGESTED LOCATION FOR FUEL- - INLET AND RETURN FLEXIBLE FUEL LINE: 3/8 N.P.T. (MALE) NOTE: FLEXIBLE FUEL LINE MUST REACH THE FLOOR AT REAR FACE OF BLOCK AND SUBBASE TANK FITTINGS. (-DEC 550 CONTROLLE 2185 [86.0] 2950 [116.1] { 460 [18.1] _ 885_[34.8] OIL DRAIN 995 [39.2] FUEL INLET 1412 [55.6] (4SI5) 1366 [5308] (4S11 8 4SI3) (CENTER OF BALANCE) I 1.0 v M T M In ti 0" 0 226 [8.9] 00, 1229 [48.4 ] DEC 3000 CONTROLLER 670 [26.4] ■1 IE® MIN liliki ..M1. 7 771 R I - 77 MI 77 � +�NM 7 _1_I MI 77 77 MI 7 7 M IM 7 77 7 7 7 I•MIN I IM 7 INN _t_ 7 7 7MLNI•7. MN _1 7 7 I•M i INE 7 7 7 +7 - 7_?_I�I_ 7 7 777 ININTINNWININII IM 77 NIN717 _._,_j}I = -7 7_I_ _,_ +_It 7 7 7.MI NM _,__itIM -7777 7 INN MAIIIIN 777 77 ' ' l 7 MI 77 MI 7 _,_,_l :IN 777. MIS 7 0 DEC3000 CONTROLLER VIEW 38[1 .5] 125 MODEL 4511, 4513 150 MODEL, 4513, 4515, RECONNECTABLE, IMPROVED MOTOR STARTING (MSL RECONNECTABLE & 600V ALTERNATOR JOHN DEERE REV DATE 11 -6-09 A 3-30 -10 1045 [41.1] 1120 [44.1] 0 1 ON COMPOSITE DIGS, SEE PART M0. FOR REVISION 1006. NEW DRAWING [81805-91 (C -6) FUEL RETURN LOCATION COMBINED WITH • FUEL INLET LOCATION. FLEXIBLE FUEL LINE LOCATION INCREASED IN SIZE AND RELOCATED. (0-4) 550.0 ENCLOSED DIM ADDED. (A -4) DESCRIPTION UPDATED. [890991 INSTALLATION NOTE IF SUBASE FUEL TANK AND /OR SOUND HOUSING IS USED, REFER TO SUBBASE FUEL TANK DRAWING TO DETERMINE MOUNTING LOCATIONS MODEL GENSET WEIGHT (WET) 125/150 4S11, 4S13 150 4SI5 1430 KG [3150 LBS] 1500 KG [3300 LBS] NOTES DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE INCH EQUIVALENTS IF AN ENCLOUSURE IS USED THE FUEL LINE MUST BE STUBBED UP FROM DIRECTLY UNDER THE UNIT OR BROUGHT IN FROM THE END OF THE SKID. REFER TO ENCLOSURE ADV. IF IBC CERTIFICATION IS REOIURED SEE SEISMIC ADV FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. BY OII110sutn LL10 1111051011) ia RS II ' 1 ftn IOLTIAICFS [n: [.II A 0.25 Ur II [.I 0 1.5 5 SORILCI111151 AIGLCS t 0' 30' / MA.. KOHLER Co POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, II 53044 U.S.A. METRIC i PRO -E THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION PITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. APPROVALS I DATE MRS III.6-09 "1111 r, n[ DIMENSION PRINT, 125 -150 MODEL MRS' 11-6-09 Lnl ,tI JZi 44.6.09 K4l .ID C.. 'iQ[11 11 2 NO MI. 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 ADV -7734 4 AD LU CC J 0\ ENGINE EXHAUST OUTLET 9° SEE DETAIL A 125 MODEL 4511, 4513 150 MODEL, 4513, 4515, RECONNECTABLE, IMPROVED MOTOR STARTING (IMS), RECONNECTABLE & 600V ALTERNATOR JOHN DEERE REV A DETAIL A SCALE 0.750 DATE Ox COMPOSITE DWGS, SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL BY 11 -6 -09 NEW DRAWING (87805-91 MRS 3-30-10 SEE SHEET I OF 2. [890991 GFR IIILE55 0X01015[ 51EE IrLLI - KOHLER �1Q 11 D1101151005 AIE 11 NILLIN[YEIS METRIC r PRO -E rl TOLERANCES Of 1.11 1 t 0.25 1. 1 A U.S SORrACE YIN15A ANGLES t 0' 30' NA1. POWER SYSTEMS, 000110, WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS or DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. APPROVALS ' DATE DIMENSION PRINT, 125 -150 MODEL "'•" MRS I 11 -6-09, 0.13 wo. 1Y"i12 or 2 ""•`• MRS: II -6-09 ••o, �"�`• JI i I I -6.09 ADV -7734 D 8 7 6 5 4 3 D C /c7 65 [2.6] 12 [0.5] DUCT FLANGE M6 •V BLOCK HEATER- 149.3 [5.88] 854 [33.6] (10 PLACES) 1 N O N 1 419 [16.5] 400 [15.8] - -EI W. - - - -- -.—_i4------ ■■E ■ ■ ■�* III ,.■1.1 ■ ■- - ■ -■ ■■ NNW NM NM I_ MIN - - -- NM NMI NM MI MIN . • i'11..I. u - -- I- 165 [6.5] 320 [12.6] 790 [31.1] 0 125-150 JOHN DEERE REV 812 [32.0] 6" ANSI FLANGE (BI6.5 CLASS 150) 8X 022.2 [.88] EQUALLY SPACED ON 0241.3 [9.5] B.C. FLEXIBLE EXHAUST BATTERY CHARGER #2 CONNCET TO BATTERY #2 (24 VOLT SYSTEM ONLY) 90 -135V AC POWER CORD 1829 [72.0] LENGTH BATTRY CHARGER #1 CONNECT TO BATTERY #I (12V 8 24V SYSTEM) A 90 -135V AC POWER CORD 1829 [72.0] LENGTH DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE INCH EQUIVALENTS DATE ON COMPOSITE DIGS, SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL BY 1111(13 oranlu srttlnro 11 CIN[tSIDNS IRS II ILLS HWIE[S II-6 09 NEW DRAWING (87805 -91 MRSI:IIOLE[ARES6[E: 3 -30 -10 (C,D-2,3) FLEXIBLE EXHAUST: 6' ANSI FLANGE GFR [.[ t I.0 WAS 6' NPT. AND TOP VIEW ADDED. (C-4) 1796 �: : I.s 131(0(1 rIIISI WAS 1853 [890991 !AlwlES :O so 8 7 6 5 4 3 MAX. W gg 1 oaci� �-� 1 APPROVALS DATE DIMENSION PRINT, ACCESSORIES II-6-09 1113[ O.IO[bom II 6 09,,,, IaI'I of N MRS ,,, 3z 11 -6-09 ADV -7841 2 I I KOHLER CO ' METRIC 1 PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, II 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORN. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. B 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 09 0 0 0 p o a o. o I 1 IQ t 000 Q Mean m o o • LOWER MOUNT CONTROLLER 10.25 [260] 9.52 [242] Q acne mM8m . ®. UPPER MOUNT CONTROLLER DECISION -MAKER 3000 20 -275 KW SIDE MOUNTED CONTROL BOX 6.44 [ 164] 5.66 [144] 63 SIMON . -14-09 (A-5) OEL6gN -YN(ER 7000 NlD SHEET 7 ADOED [873511 PLD *CM OVUM= MIMED ,o,.12/11101111 ao ! vas nm� T 7° KOHLER CQ PONE! SCA06. ona,. 7n 11044 USA 17N MGM • N1a Ai Ns•7. 8 man m. man NW MM7 Of i STD ®1 N 0319QI107 1m0 074E CO. 909r. ML Nl7N Of ®1 ON NM= VQ 113F1Ym APPROVALS 1 DAR[ r >� 4 -14-09 4-14-09 MIL DIMENSION PRINT °s 1/2 4-14-09 also 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 AD158490.010 7 -7 ADV -5849 j D 1 D C B A M CT co MOMMOOOMSO WWWWMMEMME ..111.■■■■■■ ■ �.■ ■■ mAkmAmommA kekkommisWo WEWWommon •••••••••• : •.I.■..1:11 0 0 305 [12.0] AIR INLET 860 [33.9] ,1DOOR OPENING 387 [ 15.2] 0 N M AIR DISCHARGE ENGINE EXHAUST go InD :....■ U..■■U•.•: : :■ mamemomommommonommo oal ■•■•••••••••••••••■ CD Q LID O L, UJ 0 cc 0 0 .O O 1632 [64.3] (COB) 2065 [81.3] OIL DRAIN 2185 [86.0] *1935 [76.2] 2843 [111.9] 38 [1.5] 1153 [45 4] 1045 [41.1] 1120 [44.1] 8 7 6 5 It 125 -150 JOHN DEERE 4 MODEL ENCLOSURE WEIGHT KG ILBSI STEEL WEATHER 340 [750] STEEL SOUND 363 [800] ALUMINUM SOUND 227 [500] NOTE: I. TANK (IF OREDERED) MOUNTS BELOW SKID 2. TANK MAY EXTEND BEYOND ENCLOSURE (DISCHARGE END ONLY) REV A 3532 [139.0] CP DATE II -5-09 3-9 -10 _J T So ./ ■ ■.. ■ ■ ■.. /■.■ ■.N kkornmmimmnimmemmem !..ii■.■.■WI•.■..■ ■■..•■.■:I.. ■.■::.. G. ■ ■ ■■ ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■■■.■■Re immummemommasimmio W..... ■ ■ ■ ■..■ /..t■. O O - o N UD l0 ml c0 2130 [83.9] 530 [20.91 *1635 [64.4] 3500 [137.8] DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE INCH EQUIVALENTS ( *) DESIGNATES 125KW 4045HF ENGINE ON COMPOSITE DIGS. SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL NEW DRAWING [87805 -91 (C -4) NOTE ADDED 1891971 BY MR5 PKD *765 [30.1] UNLESS OTNE„ISE SPEC IEIE* • II EIME115I01S AVE I1 NILLIIE TENS 21 TOLERANCES ARE: 0.25 1.1 A 1.0 1 t 1.5 UREIC' 011151 ANGLES t e 30' , MAr. imigy APPROVALS DATE nave MRS 11 -5-09 MRS 115 09 "'°'E' ALC 11 -5 -09 KOHLER Co METRIC J PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. nnr DIMENSION PRINT I WA" o.07]0. •■ 3 2 ADV -7825 RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) L_ r 1 DC POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH RSA: IF MULTIPLE RSA'S ARE USED, RESIZE POWER WIRES AS REQUIRED. RSA1000: 12/24 VOLT, 200mA DC POWER RSA II: 12/24 VOLT, 1A DC POWER 0 -450 FT. [0 -138 m], 2 WIRES, 22 GA. 450 -700 FT. [ 138 -214 m], 20 GA. 700 -1125 FT. [214 -344 m], 18 GA. 1125 -1800 FT. [344 -550 m], 16 GA. 1800 -2800 FT. [550 -856 ml, 14 GA. (SEE NOTE 4) r RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER) L RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) •— — D C B A RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) RS -485 (MODBUS RTU) (SEE NOTE 5) _-. _J (SEE SHEET 2 WHEN USED WITH AN ETHERNET NETWORK) L ON 16 LIGHT CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P21, ON 550 CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P20, ON 3000 CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P21 GENSET CONTROLLER 16 -LIGHT COMM MODULE (GM32644 -KA1 OR -KP1) 16 -LIGHT ONLY (REQUIRES RED MAIN LOGIC BOARD GM28725) OPTIONAL REMOTE E -STOP 2 WIRES 18 -20 GA. RS -485 (MODBUS RTU) (SEE NOTE 5) RSA II WITH ATS OPTION RS -485 TO ATS REQUIRED DC VOLTAGE FROM GENERATOR BATTERY REV DATE REVISION BY Y F C 10-07 -05 (3-4) SEE NOTE 4 ADDED; (C -5) SEE NOTE 5 WAS BELDEN 9841; (A -3) EPS SUPPLYING LOAD NOTE UPDATED, NOTE 5 ADDED; (A -1) GM41145 WAS GM34474, SHEET 1 -2 WAS 1 -1; (8 -4) T1X SLAVES ADDED; (D -4) DC POWER NOTED UPDATED [76324] TLC D 7 -20 -09 DRAWING COMPLETELY REVISED TO ADD RSA II [88082] TLC 9 -29 -09 SEE SHEET 2 [88437] TLC F 12 -01 -09 (C -3) 3000 CONTROLLER ADDED TO NOTE [88773] 11X 2 WIRES 10 GA. MINIMUM 16- LIGHT: 4 WIRES 18 -20 GA. 550: 2 WIRES 18 -20 GA. BATTERY CHARGER ALARMS �-"--- 2 WIRES 18 -20 GA. ENGINE START WIRES BATTERY CHARGER (10A) W /FAULT ALARMS GENERATOR SET OUTLINE L_ NOTES: 1. TYPICAL CUSTOMER WIRING SHOWN DASHED. 2. CUSTOMER RESPONSIBLE FOR ADDITIONAL WIRING SHOWN IF COMPONENTS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE (BATTERY CHARGER, DRY - CONTACT BOX, ETC.) 3. IF BATTERY CHARGER IS SHIPPED LOOSE ADDITIONAL WIRES MAY BE REQUIRED FOR PROPER VOLTAGE SENSING. REFERENCE DRAWING ADV -5971 FOR INTERCONNECT. 4. DC VOLTAGE FOR EACH RSA REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR MAY ALSO BE SUPPLIED BY A LOCALLY MOUNTED 12 OR 24 VDC, 200 mA MIN., AC ADAPTER FOR RSA1000 OR AC ADAPTER KIT (GM62466 -KP1) FOR RSA II. 5. USE BELDEN #9841 OR EQUIVALENT. MAXIMUM DISTANCE = 4000 FT. [ 1219 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH (ATS) TO POSITION CONTACTS (CLOSED IN EMERGENCY) BATTERY POSITIVE CONNECTION BATTERY NEGATIVE CONNECTION 3 WIRES (INCLUDING GROUND) SIZED AS REQUIRED BLOCK HEATER TO CUSTOMER'S 15 -AMP OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE /DISCONNECT DEVICE. BATTERY CHARGER VOLTAGE IS 120VAC STANDARD. CAN BE REWIRED FOR 240VAC (SEE DRAWING ADV -5971 OR 17-680 INSTRUCTION). SOURCE TO BE INDEPENDENT OF GENERATOR. RSA1000 / RSA II WITHOUT ATS OPTION 16 -LIGHT ONLY: EPS SUPPLYING LOAD INDICATION VIA TWO 14 -20 GA. WIRES. CONNECT TO EITHER 16 -LIGHT COMM. MODULE BOARD OR RSA. USE CONNECTION TO 16 -LIGHT COMM. MODULE BOARD WHEN RSA IS CONNECTED VIA NETWORK. 550 ONLY: THIS CONNECTION IS NOT USED. EPS SUPPLYING LOAD INDICATION VIA RS -485 FROM GENSET CONTROLLER. 1- AS REQUIRED TO CUSTOMER'S OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE /DISCONNECT DEVICE. VOLTAGE AND CURRENT RATING TO BE DETERMINED FROM BLOCK HEATER NAMEPLATE. SOURCE TO BE INDEPENDENT OF GENERATOR. D C B REFER TO WIRING DIAGRAM GM41145 (RSA1000) OR GM62554 (RSA II) FOR CONNECTION DETAIL. DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. A INItSS MERE= SRC6SD - I DROBNO AM N IRAQ 2) lOU:RAIICES AN& .I03± Afo ANOIii* 'IT m] Nz t mo .E t .0ED FRACIlOTG f SURFACE FORM 7 MAL KOHLER CO POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S.A. nos DRAWING. N CESION AND OEr eMOE! CO. AND m DUST NOT RE USED E7RmT N .011 WNN CO MO 00. WNW. ALL MONTS OF DESIGN OR DIVERT= ARE RESERVED. APPROVALS DATE INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM CONTROLLER WITH RSA ANNUNCIATOR A"'°' JS WARN JS MO= JL 7 -28 -04 DIAGRAM RSA INTERCONNECTION 7 -29 -04 22" /// co ° ADV6990A.DWG ISM" 1 -2 7 -29 -04 OR Ns 4 1 3 2 1 ADV -6990 I C G D C B A b 2 1 RSA1000 /RSA II MASTER: AN RSA SLAVE CONNECTED THROUGH THE ETHERNET NETWORK, REQUIRES AN RSA MASTER BE CONNECTED THROUGH THE ETHERNET NETWORK. THE MASTER REQUIRES A MODBUS /ETHERNET CONVERTER DEDICATED EXCLUSIVELY TO IT. RSA1000: A MAXIMUM OF 3 SLAVES CAN BE CONNECTED TO A MASTER RSA1000, INCLUDING SLAVES CONNECTED THROUGH THE ETHERNET NETWORK. RSA II: A MAXIMUM OF 5 SLAVES CAN BE CONNECTED TO A MASTER RSA II, INCLUDING SLAVES CONNECTED THROUGH THE ETHERNET NETWORK. IF ANY RSA1000 ANNUNCIATORS ARE ON THE SAME NETWORK AS AN RSA II ANNUNCIATOR, THE RSA1000 ANNUNCIATORS MUST BE CONFIGURED AS SLAVES. RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER) RS -485 ( MODBUS RTU) (SEE NOTE 5) SEE SHEET 1 FOR REQUIRED DC POWER VOLTAGE TO EACH RSA. RS -485 (MODBUS RTU) (SEE NOTE 5) L- _ MODBUS/ ETHERNET CONVERTER MODBUS/ ETHERNET CONVERTER ETHERNET NETWORK CONNECTIONS ETHERNET ( MODBUS TCP /IP) CATEGORY 5 OR EQUIVALENT ETHERNET ( MODBUS TCP /IP) CATEGORY 5 OR EQUIVALENT RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) SEE SHEET 1 FOR REQUIRED DC POWER VOLTAGE TO EACH RSA. RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) MODBUS/ ETHERNET CONVERTER 1 I RS -485 1 (MODBUS RTU) (SEE NOTE 5) i ETHERNET Z— (MODBUS TCP /IP) r CATEGORY 5 OR EQUIVALENT ETHERNET NETWORK (CUSTOMER SUPPLIED) ETHERNET (MODBUS TCP /IP) CATEGORY 5 OR EQUIVALENT SEE SHEET 1 FOR REQUIRED DC POWER VOLTAGE TO EACH RSA. REV DATE REVISION BY c 10 -07-05 SHEET 2 ADDED [76324) TLC D 7 -20 -09 DRAWING COMPLETELY REVISED TO ADD RSA U [88082] TLC E 9 -29-09 RSA SLAVES REVISED; (0-4) MASTER NOTE REVISED; (C -4) MAXIMUM OF 5 SLAVES WAS 4 [88437] TLX 12 -01 -09 (D -1) 3000 CONTROLLER ADDED TO NOTE [68773] TLK ON 16 LIGHT CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P21, ON 550 CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P20, ON 3000 CONTROLLER, CONNECT TO P21 CONTROL PANEL (SEE SHEET 1 FOR BATTERY CHARGER & REMOTE E -STOP CONNECTIONS) 16 —LIGHT COMM. MODULE (GM32644 —KA1 OR —KP1) 16 -LIGHT ONLY (REQUIRES RED MAIN LOGIC BOARD GM28725) RS -485 MODBUS/ (MODBUS RTU) ETHERNET (SEE NOTE 5) CONVERTER RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) RSA REMOTE SERIAL ANNUNCIATOR (SLAVE) — 4 — J 7 SEE SHEET 1 FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH CONNECTION. GENERATOR SET OUTLINE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH (ATS) (MPAC1000 OR MPAC1500) REQUIRED FOR RSA II WITH ATS OPTION ONLY SEE SHEET 1 FOR REQUIRED DC POWER VOLTAGE TO INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM EACH RSA. CONTROLLER WITH RSA ANNUNCIATOR SEE SHEET 1 FOR GENERAL NOTES. D C d— ,YRESS OTHERWISE S - 1 000151011S AR N INCHES TOLERANCES ARE: .E10Ii .010 r s .100 FRACTIONS t AIWIES* 1/7 SURFACE /DISH KOHLER CQ moo 01 OMEN 11/10 POWER SYSTEMS, KOEH}LAERR.IgWI 53044 U.S.A. MT NOT EXCEPT CpOQCI01I R. PROPERTY ALL R101I1S OE OES10N OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. APPROVALS DATE 10 -07 -05 OEMS TLC 10 -14 -05 TOLE DIAGRAM RSA INTERCONNECTION APRS:NED EDA 10 -10 -05 ECA1E / / / CO 110. ADV699OB.DWG I8gET 2 -2 Mono DRE RD. 4 1 ADV -6990 C G B A • • 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 D C -D B A 70D1 BCA lop D1 TB10 12VDC BATTERY SS P3 —I P15 P4 -- P2 P1 —• P2 -A F1 20 JAMP 20 P2 MP-B 1-p2 12VDC BATTERY 14S 706 • 706 D2 1-14-- N9 SM 03 r-14- N8 SS QCON4 P6 -<�P12-6.• P1 -12 P17 (CLS) � N12 17 -B � P17 -A 31A-• P1 -10 CTS 35A -► P1 -24 ESS 1 1A DEC 3000 CONTROLLER TB3 1 ESTOP -1 1A ESTOP -1A GND P1 5 • 14N P1 -1 P1 -3 P1 -7 (CAN LOW) P1 -17 • (CAN HIGH) P1 -13 • 71 70 P15 RED 70K DOT DIAG 7N1 70J 1610 70 P2 -6 •13R P2 -5 .- 13 P2 -4 -I2R CURRENT - SENSING P2-3 12 P2 -2 -I1R P2-1 +- 11 V9 0 VOLTAGE - V8 0 SENSING V7 0 VO FUEL LEVEL P1 -23 FUEL LEAK P1 -4 PWUA1 P1 -20 70H 7N ECM (ISOCH. GOVERNOR) P3 -H4 •• 937 ( +5V) P3 -G2 t 911 (SENSOR RETURN) P3 -A4 •- 915 (SECONDARY ANALOG THROTTLE) P3 -C3 •- 814 P3 -B4 t 947 P3 -G3 r 714 L1 P3 -L1 (FUSED BAT. POWER) i7+ L4 P3 L4 (FUSED BAT. POWER) Mi P3 M1 (FUSED BAT. POWER) M4 •• P3 444 (FUSED BAT. POWER) 916 P28 N16 P28 -A P28 -B P28 C P28 D P28 -E 022 YEL GRN 14N1 QCON2 - UNINSULATED -S6 - -� 1 GRN 905 `- -J YEL 904 1``/ J 020 ORG P20 CAP I UNINSULATED -S6• GRN RESSTOR OHM 706-+ P3 -82 (SWITCHED POWER TO 916-• P3 -C1 (WARNING LAMP) - NL2•• �NL3• •-NM2• YEL WHT (GND) P3 -L2 (GND) P3 -L3 (GND) P3 -442 P3 81 (CAN LOW) P3 Al (CAN HIGH) P3 K2 (CAN SHIELD) P4 -E1 • P4 -B1 • I I ORG I ECM) P4 131 • ( ' GRN P4 -Al • YEL I I I I P4 F1 • OLU P4 C2 ► I I BRN I I TB1 0 \ RED i "` n i a a a a a a P4 -G1 P4 -G2 • , I 81K P4 -F2 •- - U.NINS- --S8- / P4 -H1 P4 -H2 P4-E2 P4-E3 P4 D3 N3 104 P8 (RPS P8 1 99 P8 -2 100 P8 3 P4 -A4 P16 B P4 -E4 P16 A P4 -D4 P4 -B4 P4-A3 • P4 -F3 • P4-C2 P4 D2 P4 -B2 P4 -C4 P4 F4 0 G YEL P6 B P6 -A P16 (CAS) P6 (CRS) P5 -3 P5 (OPS) P5 -1 N1 96 P5-2 REV LIME REVISION 8-31-03 NON CRAMS [811305] CRS 95-- P10 (MAT) 77 IP10 A I P10 -B N10 CONNECTION CHART T812 TERMINAL POSmON SIGNAL DESCRIPTION CONNECTED I NOT CONNECTED DROOP SELECT 1 ISOCHRONOUS1 DROOP +5 VDC REF ANALOG THROTTLE CONTROL 2• 3` SIGNAL ( +2 5 VDC NORM) 4• SENSOR RETURN IDLE MODE CONSULT FACTORY B • REMOVE RESISTORS IF PARALLEUNG P12 (WFS) 106 IP12 A I P12 -B N2 P9 (CTS) IP9 -A l P9 -B N4 P14 (FTS) 105 IP14 -1 P14 -2 N7 V9A VBA V7A VO •-63C(Ar j8 OPTIONAL • -64 50- PWM1+ P1 -16 *-3B- FLA N17 I L___J TO SLB (P6) [FRO O SEE DWG. -6957 DWG. AD V-6958 SEA D ADV -6958 OCON1 1 VO V7A V9A VO V7 V8 V9 I I I TO STAT [FRII) SEE DWG. ADV -6957 785 NOTE CURRENT TRANSFORMER DOT OR 'H1• TOWARD GENERATOR. 12 12R 13 13R 11 12 TO L3 WAD LO LEGEND DCA - BATTERY CHARGING ALTERNATOR CAS - CAM POSITION SENSOR CLS - COOLANT LEVEL SENDER CRS - CRANK POSITION SENSOR CT(1) - CURRENT TRANSFORMER CTS - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR D(J) - DIODE ECM - ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ESS - EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH F(#) - FUSE FTC - FUEL INJECTOR CONTROL FLA - FUEL LEAK ALARM FLS - FUEL LEVEL SENDER FTS - ) FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR MAT - MANIFOLD UAIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR OPS - OIL PRESSURE SENSOR P( #) - PLUG PCV - PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE PMG - PERMANENT MAGNET GENERATOR RPS - RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR QCON( /) - QUICK CONNECT TERMINAL SLB - STATIONARY LED BOARD SM - STARTER MOTOR SS - STARTER SOLENOID STAT - STATOR 1133 - OUTPUT TERMINAL BLOCK TB5 - CONTROLLER A.C. FUSE BLOCK T1310 - ACCESSORY TERMINAL BLOCK WFS - WATER IN FUEL SENSOR 1 - ENGINE BLOCK GROUND MUMBOMMNIZOUVMD- "*° a& •w ...a: V. a 8 m9 awns now a : m 7 ICONLER CQ POOER I61Os. KOEE9. WI 53044 U.SA. 8E MOM. I E9i r8 ELM. 8 E85Q M. PERM = NUN O! E ®C ®1 I III EOIER CO. ORM AL ISMS E EI01 Q IMO= AE IIMME • APPROVALS 411E DECISION MAKER 3000 CONTROLLER 125 -150 KW JOHN DEERE TIER III W/ ECM W/ SPUT ACTIVATOR, 10, 30 & 600V _ — cIs Cs CRS 8-31 -09 8-31-09 831-09 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 DIAGRAM SCHEMATIC 125 -150 JD TIER III .'"7/ / 1 -1 ADV -776'1 I D �Ao D C B A 6 5 b 4 3 2 1 P29 2 AMP RELAY OUPUT (2.1) CONNECTIONS P29-NC 2.1 RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED P29 -0011 2.1 RELAY COMMON P29 -NO 2.1 RELAY NORMALLY OPEN P30 2 AMP RELAY OUPUT (2.2) CONNECTIONS P30-NC 2.2 RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED P30 -CODA 2.2 RELAY COMMON P30-NO 2.2 RELAY NORMALLY OPEN p31 2 AMP RELAY OUPUT (2.31 CONNECTIONS P31 -NC 2.3 RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED P31 -COM 2.3 MAY COMMON P31 -NO 2.3 RELAY NORMALLY OPEN P32 10 AMP RELAY OUPUT (2.4 & 2.51 CONNECTIONS P32 -NO 2.4 RELAY NORMALLY OPEN P32 -00M 2.4 RELAY COMMON P32 -NC 2.4 RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED P32 -NO 2.5 RELAY NORMALLY OPEN P32 -COM 2.5 RELAY COMMON P32 -NC 2.5 RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED P27 CAN TERMINATOR GONNECRO( PLACE THE P27 JUMPER ON THE SIN" PINS P28 SINGLE -ENDED (0-5V1 ANALOG INPUT CONNECTIONS P28 -GND AGND ANALOG RETURN P28 -VN2 NO CONNECTION P28 -VP2 ACH2 SIGNAL P28 -+5V SUPPLY (0.05 AMP MAX) P28 -GND AGND ANALOG RETURN P28 -VN1 NO CONNECTION P28 -VP1 ACH1 SIGNAL P28 - +5V SUPPLY (0.05 AMP MAX) P28 DIFFERENTIAL ( +/ -3V1 ANALOG INPUT CONNECTIONS P28 -GND AGND ANALOG REFERENCE P28 -VN2 ACH2 NEGATVE DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL P28 -VP2 ACH2 POSITIVE DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL P28 - +5V SUPPLY (0.05 AMP MAX) P28 -GND AGND ANAWG RETURN P28 -VN1 ACH1 NEGATIVE DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL P28 -VP1 ACH1 POSITIVE DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL P28 -+5V SUPPLY (0.05 AMP MAX) NOTE: CONTACT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR TO DEFINE P28 A/D INPUTS. gq 11 Nc No At No P27 P29 P30 GAN TERMINATOR ri P26 REMOTE 26 I/o OUT P25 REMOTE I/o IN NO P31 NO C01 NC NO CO NC P32 CAN REMOTE I/O BOARD (OPTIONAL) P28 P21 6 p® H P23 REMOTE I/O P22 R DEC 3000 CONTROLLER 14P AUX WARNING SWITCH (CUSTOMER PROVIDED) BATTERY CHARGER CONNECTIONS (OPTIONAL) BATTERY 61—. CHARGER FAULT P21 RS485 NON - ISOLATED CONNECTIONS P21 -1 GND P21 -2 + P21 -3 - P21-4 GND P21 -5 + P21 -6 - 5 V8 O V91= VO o TB2 TB10 -8 (70): BATTERY VOLTAGE PRESENT ONLY WHEN GENERATOR IS OPERATING RELAY CONTACTS 2 3� NC IB s 6a NO 7 8 9F - C 1 co- 4 7 7 2 O s O 8 0 0 9 9 D BLK NOTE IF SHUNT TRIP OR FAILURE RELAY IS NOT USED. DISCONNECT & TAPE LEADS 2 & 32A. 32A LTa TB3 r P2 1.3 12 11 13R 1211 11R 6 2 2 RUN RELAY (OPTIONAL) TB 10 P9A AUX \\ SHUTDOWN `SWITCH r —� (CUSTOMER PROVIDED) —L- 4 • ENGINE START 3 SWITCH (CUSTOMER PROVIDED) — 1A LOCAL EMERGENCY 1 STOP SWITCH (STANDARD) LOCAL REMOTE EMERGENCY EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH STOP SWITCH TB3 (STANDARD) ) 1 L 1A REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH CONNECTIONS 181 ANALOG /DIGITAL INPUT FACTORY SETTINGS TB1 -D11 DCH1 140 FUNCTION 181 -012 DCH2 AUX WARNING TB1 -013 DCH3 BATTERY CHARGER FAULT WARNING 191 -M1 ACH1 ND FUNCTION 191 -N2 ACH2 NO FUNCTION 181 -GND A/DGND ANALOG /DIGITAL RETURN NOTE: TB1 VD INPUTS MAY BE REDEFINED - FACTORY DEFAULTS LSTID. CONTACT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR FOR DETAILS. - TO ENGINE HARNESS 14P PRIME 14P�14P— o �cH QCON2 I:' : S : I. ilk 1 182 -(IOM 182 -COM TB2 -NO 1132 -NC RELAY COMMON) COMMON FAULT RELAY COMMON) COMMON FAULT RELAY NORMALLY OPEN) COMMON FAULT RELAY NORMALLY CLOSED) COMMON FAULT 1 be s od cJ 32A2 32A1 wiI l L J 32A P1OA 28 2A DCB2 (COMMON RELAY) (OPTIONAL) SEE 1 62 OUTPUT NOTE 32A1 2A PF1 i(YELL°W)1 AMP PF1 "1 FUSE1 P1 DCB 1 (SHUNT OP IPAljRING) W31 1 LIJ 1 NITS if 2-09-09 KM CRAVING (87331) 118 A 11 -24-0R 0)-6. A-7. A-6) NOTES UPDATED (88173) 11K 2-0• -1G (6-8) w. W-V9 WERE Pk 01-6) P22 ADDED: (B IC W633 P9/P10 T8MWEDC (C.D-2.-3) 132 WELD REMOVED. LEADS 2A e: 28 RE -ROUTED TO W2: (C -8.-8) SHIRR TRP/ FAU E RELAY NOTE ADDED (89239) 118 UNE CIRCUIT BREAKER (OPTIONAL) SHUNT TRIP COIL ST 511 PF2 FUSEEEEp��2 109 AA(P P2 t4I N3 r W2 1 1 2A 28 141 J ENGINE HARNESS (REF.) NOTE TRANSFER SWITCH TERMINAL DESIGNATIONS MAY VARY FROM THOSE SHOWN HERE. VERIFY THE CORRECT DESIGNATIONS USING THE APPROPRIATE TRANSFER SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM. OMAINALS 3 AND 4: REMOTE ART SWITCH OR ENGINE START CONTACTS ON TRANSFER SWITCH) NOTE 182 RELAY OUTPUT MAY BE REDEFINED - FACTORY DEFAULT MISLED. CONTACT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR FOR DETAILS. CUSTOMER TO CONNECT TO 182 UNLESS SHUNT TRIP IS USED. IF SHUNT TRIP IS USED, CUSTOMER TO CONNECT TO DC82 FOR COMMON FAULT. INSTALLATION NOTE: FOR FIELD INSTALLATION A MAXIMUM OF TWO WIRE TERMINALS PER TERMINAL STRIP SCREW IS RECOMMENDED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE WIRING DIAGRAM. DO NOT EXTEND ABOVE THE TERMINAL STRIP BARRIER. DEC 3000 ACCESSORIES LEGEND P( #) — PLUG QCON( #) — QUICK CONNECT TB (#) — TERMINAL BLOCK W(#) — SONIC WELD �) E m • MOM= no mat w mar.* yr a 8 O ••••2 — A 8 s 7 NIL OM.= • KOHLER CO PURER SYNOD. =KUL S7 83044 usA. INS NAM • ®1 Ai DEFY. O MEM m IOM? YD YET IN Y — DEM • CNPC9NI N➢1 IDEZI m NR Au ONES OF Nii ON MOM Y7 NSDDI. APPROVALS DATE Mr 1tx 2-09-09 — DIAGRAM DEC 3000 ACCY INTERCONNECTION TLK > E -- 2 -09-09 /// is 1e 1 1 -1 2-09-09 IMMO MIL IN. 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 2 GM67191 1 D 1 D C B A 8 7 6 JUNCTION BOX rr rr rr N eV"' 'a.- N I N I tel d � $1,..a. v� • c N - NOTE: CURRENT TRANSFORMER DOT OR 'H1' TOWARD GENERATOR CT1 TO SLB (P6) [FRII] SEE DWG. GM35943 TO r STAT [FRI1] j` SEE DWG. GM35943 CT2 CT3 QCON9 38 (P6)}3B (P1 -16) QCON10 513 (P6) --�^Lj — 58 (P1 20) QCON11 V7 (STAY) - V7 (T85 V7) QCON12 V8 (STAT)-E- V8 (TB5 -V8) QCON13 V9 (STAT)- �- V9 (T85 V9) QCON14 VO (STAT) -1=0;=1- VO (CONY -VO) CONNECTION CHART 58 T812 TERMINAL POSITION SIGNAL DESCRIPTION CONNECTED NOT CONNECTED DROOP SELECT 1 ISOCHRONOUS I DROOP ANALOG THROTTLE CONTROL 2. +5 VDC REF 3• SIGNAL (+2.5 VDC NORM) 4. SENSOR RETURN IDLE MODE . CONSULT FACTORY 8 • REMOVE RESISTORS IF PARALLEIJNG RESISTOR RESISTOR 510 OHM 4.7K OHM 1 TB10 N. I CO M .-. n m m � D) m O] 03 E. d d d d O. 5 m e na a a (.. « L ( P15 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 P4 (W21) 2 7N1 (W16) 3 71 (P1 -1) 4 N/C 5 14S (P18 -2) P" 2 7411 P4 71 /1 TB5 5 4 3 2 J:-.70K O7 (T810-70 (DL G)_ 70J (DIAL J W21 P4 (P15 -1) P6 (13CON4) JF P3 (P18 -22) s- P5 (1310 -P) CONTROLLER BOX P21 H �E® P23 REMOTE I/O TB1 MEM MICE D11 DEC -3000 CONTROLLER 24 P1 4 35A 58 38 P12 . 64 63C . . . . 70 . . 31A . . . GRN YEL . 14N 71 21 P2 13 12 11 13R I2R 11R 2 V7 — WA (1135-V7)--) V13 o-- VBA (T85 -V8) —■ V9 VBA (785 -V9)- VO o---- VO (QCON14) —J TB2 �7 N QCON4 a N a °n DIAG QCON2 - - S6 (W20)- — 708 (P18 -9)- -, 70 (P1 -3)��� L - - 70D (P18 -10)--, NY OAN 70419011 N NP 8-27-09 NEW DRAIDIG 1878051 CRS P1 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 71 (P15 -3) 13 2 N/C . 14 3 70 (W23) 15 4 64 (P30 -1) 16 5 14N (W22) 17 6 N/C . 18 7 70J (W17) 19 B N/C 20 9 N/C . 21 10 31A (P18 -18) 22 11 N/C . 23 12 P12 (QCON4) 24 W20 S6 (P18 -17)Th ,-020 (P28-0 L �S6 (OCCONN2) W, 19 N (P1 B-16)-. rGRN (P28 -D GRN r W18 YEL (PIB -15)� ,-YEL. (P28 -C) L rya (P1 -13)--, m Cr. 0, P28 PIN #A B C D E F G H CONNECTIONS N16 (W16) 022 (P18 -21) YEL YELLOW (W18) GRN GREEN (W19) 020 (W20) N/C . N/C . N/C . N/C L P30 14N (P1 -5) N18 (P30 -4) N17 (P30 2) P29 N1A -7N1 (P15 -2) -7N (TB10 -7N; N1A- "N16 (P28 -A) IJ6_, J 14N1 (P1B -14)-i YEL YELLOW (W18) N/C . N/C . 38 (QCON9) GRN GREEN (W19) N/C N/C 58 (QCON10) N/C N/C 63C (P30 -3) 35A (P18 -19) P2 O PIN f1 11 CONNECTI (CT1 -XNS 1) 2 11R (CT1 -X2) 3 12 (CT2 -X1) 4 12R (CT2 -X2) 5 13 (CT3 -X1) 6 13R (CT3-X2) JUNCTION BOX N2 64 �}— 63c 64 LEGEND BCA - BATTERY CHARGING ALTERNATOR CAS - CAM SENSOR CIS - COOLANT LEVEL SENDER CRS - CRANK POSITION SENSOR CT(j) - CURRENT TRANSFORMER CTS - COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER DIODE DIAG - DIAGNOSTIC LAMP EBG - ENGINE BLOCK GROUND ESS - EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH TIC - FUEL INJECTOR CONTROL FT - FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR MAT - MANIFOLD AIR TEMP SENSOR OPS - OIL PRESSURE SENDER P(J) - PLUG PCV - PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE OCON(j) - QUICK CONNECT TERMINAL RPS - RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIB - STATIONARY LED BOARD SM - STARTER MOTOR SS - STARTER SOLENOID STAT - STATOR 181 - CONTROLLER BOARD TERMINAL BLOCK 182 - A/D TERMINAL BLOCK 183 - OUTPUT TERMINAL BLOCK 765 - CONTROLLER AC. FUSE BLOCK T810 - ACCESSORY TERMINAL BLOCK WFS - WATER IN FUEL SENSOR P30 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 64 (P1 -4) 2 N17 (W22) 3 63C (P1 -23) 4 N18 (W22) r 1 125 -150 KW JOHN DEERE DECISION -MAKER 3000 CONTROLLER (OPTIONAL) — TO SHEET 2 P1B CONNECTIONS PIN #1 N/C . 2 14S (P15 -5) 3 947 (7810 -5) 4 937 (1810 -1) 5 915 (TB10 -3) 6 814 (7810 -4) 7 911 (T810 -2) 8 714 (7810 -6) 9 708 (W23) 10 700 (W23) 11 N/C . 12 N/C . 13 916 (DIAG) 14 14N1 (W16) 15 YEL (W18) 16 GRN (W19) 17 S6 (W20) 18 31A (P1 -10) 19 35A (P1 -24) 20 N/C . 21 022 (P28 -8) 22 P3 (W21) FOR SCHEMATIC SEE ADV -7761 NOES GOWN= MOSSO _ BSo.r. I6 M MOSS .osum Nr Net 110 tint +/r a3 at a 3 m SONS Nor 7 .reins KOHLER al POUTS S751E16. MOM W1 344 USA. 1O10 Dmw • OE= NO MIL 8 831101 CO. MOW NN NM NOV IC USD DA7PT • SN EC= 07{01 CO. MIL al KM OF 01131011 11/10111411 Ia COMM AR90rL7 out - ORS 8-27-09 rs DIAGRAM WIRING 125 -15d KW JD OFS 8-27-09 —III OS 10. j'°' 1 -2 rmcool092 8-27-09 ROM SO. Sk 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 GM70970 ( D D C B A 8 7 6 5 4 3 I 2 I 1 P1 CONNECTIONS ENGINE PIN j1 N/C . 12 N/C . 2 14S (SS) 13 916 (P3 -C1) 3 947 (P3 -84) 14 14N1 (EBG) 4 937 (P3-144) 15 YEL (W10) 5 915 (P3 -A4) 16 GRN (W9) 6 814 (P3 -C3) 17 WHT (W11) 7 911 (P3-G2) 18 31A (P17 -A) 8 714 (P3 -G3) 19 35A (CTS) 9 708 (P3 -132) 20 N/C 10 70D (D1) 21 022 (W15) 11 N/C . 22 P3 (SS) P1 10 687 88 90 1 1 N �g/yyB$/ 20 110112 02 P5 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 N1 (W13) 2 96 (P4 -F3) 3 95 (P4 -A3) P5 (OPS) €82 P11 (RC) GRN (P1 -16) YEL (P1 -15) WHT P1 -17 r��(y� ORG GN L� J YEL (P20 A-A r,YEL (P3 -1? P9 CONNECTIONS PIN A 5 (P4 -C4) B N4 (W19) WHT (P3 -K2) P16 CONNECTIONS P10 CONNECTIONS PIN A GRN (P4 -E4) PIN A 77 (P4 -C2) B BLU (P4 -A4) B N10 (1'113) P9 (CTS) P16 (CAS) P10 (MAT) ((Dee) ( A [. 8 ® ®1 72 R 6 3 5 LU 4 P11 CONNECTIONS PIN g1 RED (P4 -E1) 2 ORG (P4 -81) 3 GRN (P4 -01) 4 YEL (P4 -A1) 5 BLU (P4 -F1) 6 BRN (P4 -C1) 7 WHT (P4 -G1) 6 BLK (P4 -G2) P12 (WFS) P12 CONNECTIONS PIN A 106 (P4 -B2) B N2 (•13) (61B(9) P6 (CRS) p6 CONNECTIONS PIN A YEL (P4 -134) B ORG (P4 -D4) P14 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 105 (P4 -F4) 2 N7 (W13) CTS 35A (P1 19) ❑ P8 (RPS) P8 CONNECTIONS PIN #1 101 (P4 -E2) 2 99 (P4 -E3) 3 100 (P4 -113) P14 (FT) ,-022 (P1 -21 W15 1.1 (P3 -L1) —� 1 (P3 -M1) 4 (P3 -L4) 114 (P3 -M4) 2 (P2 -B) W12 NL2 (P3 -12) - .—N12 P17 -B) f = = NU (P3 -1.3) milt 1 (EBG) 14112 (P3 -M2) P2 CONNECTIONS PIN A P1 (S5) B P2 (W15) 20A P2 \ � l Cio D►A BY 8 -27-00 NEW 0RAWD (878051 CRS P20 CONNECTIONS PIN A YEL (W10) B ORG (W9) —N2 (P12 -B —N10 (P10 -B) —N1 (P5 -1) —N4 (P9 -B) —N7 (P14 -2) 14N1 (P1 -14) N11 (W12) N9 (02) i N8 (03) —70D (P1 -10) D1 P13 CONNECTIONS PIN j1 7001 (D1 P17 CONNECTIONS PIN A 31A (P1 -18) B N12 (W12) P17 (CLS) J EBG P13 W13 N (P4 D2) —' P7 CONNECTIONS PIN j1 N3 (P4 -H1) 2 104 (P4 -H2) BCA 10P PIN #A1 YEL A2 N/C A3 N/C A4 915 61 GRN 82 70B 63 N/C B4 947 Cl 916 C2 N/C C3 814 C4 N/C D1 N/C D2 N/C D3 N/C D4 N/C El N/C E2 N/C E3 N/C E4 N/C F1 N/C F2 N/C F3 N/C F4 N/C P3 1 -6)46666666605 -� 000e 91 eoe8S- eoeooe eoo00- p000000 ®ooL40, P3 CONNECTIONS (W10) G1 N/C G2 911 G3 714 (P1 -5) G4 N/C (W9) H1 N/C (P1 -9) H2 N/C H3 N/C H4 937 J1 N/C J2 N/C J3 N/C J4 N/C K1 N/C K2 WHT K3 N/C K4 N/C L1 L1 L2 NL2 L3 NL3 L4 L4 M1 M1 112 NM2 143 N/C 144 114 (P1-3) (P1 -13) (P1-6) • • • • N9 (EBG) (W11) (W15) (112) (W12) (w15) (W15) (W12) (W15) P20 P4 1 -1 >ED ®®o N3 l 20 ©®® ®i O BLK 104 3 95 O O 100 99 96 O O - 4€3®0 ®®@00 P4 CONNECTIONS P1N fA1 YEL (P11 -4) El RED (P11 -1) A2 N/C . E2 101 (P8 -1) A3 95 (P5 -3) E3 99 (P8 -2) A4 BLU (P16 -B) E4 GRN (P16 -A) B1 ORG (P11 -2) Fl BLU (P11 -5) 82 106 (P12 -A) F2 S8 UNINSULATED B3 N/C . F3 96 (P5 -2) B4 YEL (P6 -A) F4 105 (P14 -1) Cl BRN (P11 -6) G1 WHT (P11 -7) C2 77 (P10-A) G2 BLK (P11 -8) C3 N/C . G3 N/C . C4 5 (P9 -A) G4 N/C . D1 GRN (P11 -3) H1 N3 (P7 -1) D2 N (W13) 112 104 (P7 -2) D3 100 (P8 -3) 113 N/C . D4 ORG (P6 -B) H4 N/C . SRI of m sea w ...a: VT a t an astrut p . i S W 7W. rrnm t KOHLER Ca POWER smut KO HER. WI 830M U.S.A. m amam. a taw m am'. s man co. nom um MIST SIT E USED 0e7r ■ COe17m UM BSOt CO SOIL ILL MOOS Of 0131W1 CO mace SII MEWED. APPRODU 801E MIN CRS 8 -27-09 DIAGRAM WIRING 125 -150 KW JD 125 -150 KW JOHN DEERE USD ERs 13-27-09 DECISION -MAKER 3000 CONTROLLER as 8-27-09 8 I 7 6 5 4 3 I 2 I 777 d P" 2 -2 Ms. Ili GM70970 I D w C - - - - - - - - - - - - Extended Five -Year or Three Thousand (3000) -Hour Comprehensive Stationary Standby Limited Warranty This Kohler Standby Generator System has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original purchaser, Kohler Co. warrants for five years or three thousand (3000) hours, whichever occurs first, that the system will be free from defects in material and workmanship if properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with Kohler Co.'s instruction manuals. A Kohler distributor, dealer, or authorized representative must perform startup. This warranty is not effective unless a proper extended warranty registration form and warranty fee have been sent to Kohler Co. within one year of supervised startup. During the warranty period, repair or replacement at Kohler Co.'s option will be furnished free of charge for parts, provided an inspection to Kohler Co.'s satisfaction discloses a defect in material and workmanship, and provided that the part or parts are returned to Kohler Co. or an authorized service station, if requested. This extended warranty expires five full years after date of startup or after 3000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first. This warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, or normal wear and tear while in your possession. The following will not be covered by this warranty: 1. Normal engine wear, routine tuneups, tuneup parts, adjustments, and periodic service. 2. Damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative, or improper storage. 3. Damage caused by operation with improper fuel or at speeds, loads, conditions, modifications, or installation contrary to published specifications or recommendations. 4. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as: a. Failure to provide the specified type and sufficient lubricating oil. b. Failure to keep the air intake and cooling fin areas clean. c. Failure to service the air cleaner. d. Failure to provide sufficient coolant and /or cooling air. e. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as prescribed in supplied manuals. f. Failure to exercise with load regularly. 5. Original installation charges and startup costs. 6. Starting batteries and the following related expenses: a. Labor charges related to battery service. b. Travel expense related to battery service. 7. Engine coolant heaters, heater controls, and circulating pumps after the first year. 8. Rental of equipment during performance of warranty repairs. 9. Non - Kohler- authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the Kohler Co. Warranty Department. 10. Parts purchased from sources other than Kohler. Replacement of a failed Kohler part with a non - Kohler part voids warranty on that part. 11. Radiators replaced rather than repaired. 12. Fuel injection pumps not repaired locally by an authorized servicing dealer. 13. Engine fluids such as fuel, oil, or coolant/antifreeze. 14. Shop supplies such as adhesives, cleaning solvents, and rags. 15. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective Kohler materials or workmanship. 16. Maintenance items such as fuses, filters, spark plugs, loose /leaking clamps, and adjustments. A Startup Notification form must be on file at Kohler Co. A Startup Notification form must be completed by Seller and received at Kohler Co. within 60 days after the date of initial startup. Standby systems not registered within 60 days of startup will automatically be registered by Kohler Co. using the Kohler Co. ship date as the startup date. To obtain warranty service, call 1- 800 - 544 -2444 for your nearest authorized Kohler service representative, or write Kohler Co., Generator Service Department, Kohler, WI 53044 USA. KOHLER CO. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, or transportation charges in connection with the replacement or repair of defective parts. This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty, nor is anyone authorized to make any in our behalf. ANY IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURCHASE, is expressly limited to the duration of this warranty. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. KOHLER® POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920 -565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 - 544 -2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com TP -5561 12/99c 0 Co a) 0 a) F- 0 2 o_ Kohler Standby /Prime Generator Set Test Program Testing is an integral part of quality assurance. In keeping with our uncompromising commitment to quality, safety, and reliability, every Kohler Standby /Prime power generator set undergoes an extensive series of prototype and production testing. Prototype Testing Prototype testing includes the potentially destructive tests necessary to verify design, proper function of protective devices and safety features, and reliability expectations. Kohler's prototype testing includes the following: • Alternator temperature rise test per NEMA MG1 -32.6. Standby and prime ratings of the alternator are established during this test. • Maximum power test to assure that the prime mover and alternator have sufficient capacity to operate within specifications. • Alternator overload test per NEMA MG1 -32.8. • Steady -state load test to ensure voltage regulation meets or exceeds ANSI C84.1, NEMA MG1 -32.17 requirements and to verify compliance with steady - state speed control specifications. • Transient test to verify speed controls meets or exceeds specifications. • Transient load tests per NEMA MG1- 32.18, and ISO 8528 to verify specifications of transient voltage regulation, voltage dip, voltage overshoot, recovery voltage, and recovery time. • Motor starting tests per NEMA MG1- 32.18.5 to evaluate capabilities of generator, exciter, and regulator system. • Three -phase symmetrical short- circuit test per NEMA MG1 -32.13 to demonstrate short circuit performance, mechanical integrity, ability to sustain short- circuit current. • Harmonic analysis, voltage waveform deviation per NEMA MG1 -32.10 to confirm that the generator set is producing clean voltage within acceptable limits. • Generator set cooling and air flow tests to verify maximum operating ambient temperature. • Reliability tests to demonstrate product durability, followed by root cause analysis of discovered failures and defects. Corrective action is taken to improve the design, workmanship, or components. • Acoustical noise intensity and sound attenuation effects tests. Production Testing In production, Kohler Standby /Prime generator sets are built to the stringent standards established by the prototype program. Every Kohler Generator set is fully tested prior to leaving the factory. Production testing includes the following: • Stator and exciter winding high - potential test on all generators. Surge transient tests on stators for generators 180 kW or larger. Continuity and balance tests on all rotors. • One -step, full -load pickup tests to verify that the performance of each generator set, regulator, and governor meets published specifications. • Regulation and stability of voltage and frequency are tested and verified at no load, 1 /4 load, 1 /2 load, 3/4 load, and full -rated load. • Voltage, amperage, frequency and power output ratings verified by full -load test. • The proper operation of controller logic circuitry, prealarm warnings, and shutdown functions is tested and verified. • Any defect or variation from specification discovered during testing is corrected and retested prior to approval for shipment to the customer. Torsional analysis data, to verify torsional effects are not detrimental and that the generator set will provide dependable service as specified, is available upon request. Kohler offers other testing at the customer's request at an additional charge. These optional tests include power factor testing, customized load testing for specific application, witness testing, and a broad range of MIL- STD -705c testing. A certified test report is also available at an additional charge. KOHLER® POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920- 565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 - 544 -2444 KohlerPowerSystemscom G18 -56 12/05a /1 0 0 co 0 U to 2 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 PART NO. REV SAE DIMENSION w VOLTAGE COLD GRAN NG AMPS AT 0°F MINIMUM RESERVE CAP MINUTES AT 80 °F MINIMUM POST LAYOUT /STYLE CHARGE TYPE BATTERY BCI CONSTRUCTION GROUP 0,11 mew As MA- MAI,MERMEM UMW!. A,• (:r4•_:1 Still= MI 1•R:11) R>f%I_..wrJls 4111 Illwellim t.721l•:pllil• iinsuommi AUSVAI OWL • 324586 324587 256984 225289 • 354147 354148 345309 UM BR 330 2 [13 001 173 0 [6.81] 239.8 19.44] 12 950 185 C/3 WET BR 330 2 [13 00] 173 0 16 81] 239.8 [9.44] 12 950 200 C/3 DRY BR BR 273.0 [10 751 173.0 [6 81) 228.6 [9.001 12 650 120 273.0 [10 75] 173 0 [6.811 228.6 [9.00] 12 650 130 D/I D/I WET DRY BR 330.2 [13 -00] 173 -0 [6 81] 239.8 [9.44] 12 100 170 C/3 WET BR 330.2 [13.00] 173 0 [6 811 239.8 [9.44] 12 700 150 C/3 DRY BR 219.2 [8.63) 153.9 [6.06] 212.9 [8.38] 12 525 E/ I WET SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE I SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 1 31 31 24 24 31 31 55 GM22349 BR GM34399 BR GM48784 BR GM75512 BS 527.1 [20 75] 282.4 [II 121 276 4 [10.88] 12 1150 400 527 1 [20 75] 282.4 [II 12] 276 4 [10 881 12 1150 430 A/I A/1 DRY SEE NOTE I 8D WET SEE NOTE 1 8D 208.0 [8.19] 173 0 [6 811 196.9 [7.75] 12 525 70 D/1 WET 26 238.0 [9.38] 129.0 [5.06] 223.0 [8.81] 12 500 85 D/1 WET 51 NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS. ALTERNATE CONSTUCTION ON BOTTOM OF BATTERIES ACCEPTABLE STYLE 1 POS -17.48 [.688] NEG -15.88 [.6251 1:9 TAPER STYLE 2 TERMINALS TO ACCEPT 06.4 [0.25] BOLT ACTUAL PART MAY NOT MATCH DRAWING VIEW 3/8-16 UNC -2A THD [0.850 - 0.954] REF STYLE 3 NOTES: I) STYLE 3 CAN BE CONVERTED TO STYLE I BY INSTALLATION OF 254427 STUD CONVERTION KIT. 2) BATTERIES USING "STYLE 3 " STUDS MUST HAVE EITHER THE " POS " OR "NEG" STUD CLEARLY IDENTIFIED. 3) STYLE 3 TERMINAL TORQUE ID Nm [15 FT LBS]. NOTES: (APPLIES TO ALL BATTERIES) SAE J537 DIMENSIONS ARE MAX ALLOWABLE DIMENSIONS. COLD CRANKING AMPS ARE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE VALUES. HOLD DOWN DESIGN IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAE STANDARDS. BATTERY WARNING LABEL TO BE LOCATED ON TAP OF BATTERY. (BETWEEN TERMINALS ON LAYOUT D) MANUFACTURER MUST PROVIDE A CERTIFICATE CONTAINING MFGRS. NAME, MFGRS. PART NUMBER, AND KOHLER PART NUMBER CERTIFYING THAT THE BATTERY WAS BUIT TO INDUSTRY STANDARDS. SEE N.F.P.A.-II0 FOR SPECIFIC DETAILS. CERTIFICATE REQUIRED ONLY ONCE PER BATTERY PART NUMBER. MAY NOT BE CALCIUM- CALCIUTYPE. NOTES: (CHARGE TYPE) ALL DRY CHARGED BATTERIES MUST BE SUPPLIED WITH ACTIVATION INSTRUCTIONS ADHERED TO BATTERY AND LOOSE. BATTERY MUST ALSO BE IDENTIFED ON TOP AS: "DRY CHARGED, MUST ADD BATTERY GRADE ELECTROLYTE, SEE ACTIVATION INSTRUCTIONS". BATTERIES SHOULD BE RECEIVED APPROPRIATELY MARKED AS DRYCHARGED OR WET STORAGE. ONE OF THE BATTERY POSTS MUST BE SHIELDED WHEN BATTERIES ARE WET CHARGED. BATTERIES WHEN SHIPPED DRY - DO NOT REQUIRE POST PROTECTORS. NOTES: (BATTERY CONSTRUCTION) 1) MUST BE LEAD - CALCIUM HYBRID OR LEAD - ANTIMONY TYPE. 2) LEAD- CALCIUM GRID. LAYOUT A 4D 9 8D C LAYOUT C 9 31 LAYOUT E 55 ® 9 REV BR BS DATE REVISION 1SEE INDIVIDUAL PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVELI (D -4) BCI COLUMN ADDED (B -7) 15.88 DIM LOCATIONS CORRECTED (D C -8) 324586: 330.0 WAS 328.4. 173.0 WAS 171.2. 239.8 WAS 217.8. 324587: 330.2 WAS 333.2. 256984 II. 225289: 213.0 WAS 270.0, 173.0 WAS 171.5. 228.6 WAS 225.6, 345197. Z73.0 WAS 260.4. 228.6 WAS 225.6, 354141 d 354148: 330.2 WAS 333.2 (83327) 4 -7 -10 (C-8) 345197 VOIDED PER 87080. GM75512 ADDED (89560) 0 -22 -07 LAYOUT B LAYOUT D 9 24 UI BY fl q"411'11 n; �ii!"T,S KOHLER CO ; METRIC -T PRO-E RI TOITWC[S US: POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER. NI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORN. ALL RIGHTS OF • ,DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. I.II : O.Z. tI t I.S Solna 111110 SAM AIGLES t ar 50' / KAI. tC,"M'.,I 0-4:3 APPROVALS + DATE "". SLR i 2 -4-80 "VA BAL °a¢. 8 7 6 5 4 3 BATTERY E6,9 13831..me. """O RAD',' :9 -20-83 2 c°1 C" O. 244578 ( G C B A 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 OVERVIEW: THE AUTOMATIC MULTI -LEVEL FLOAT/ EQUALIZE CHARGER SPECIFIED BELOW IS INTENDED CHARGE ENGINE STARTING BATTERIES EITHER INDEPENDENT OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN ENGINE DRIVEN CHARGING SYSTEM. BATTERY TYPES TO BE CHARGED: LEAD ACID GEL CELL INPUT: INPUT VOLTAGE: INPUT FREQUENCY: 90 -135 VOLTS AC 50/60 Hz INPUT LEAD: APPROXIMATELY 1.8M (72') (REF) TYPE SJTOW -40'C TO 105 °C UL RATED WIRE. TERMINATED IN PRE - MOLDED US STYLE 120 V 3 PRONG AC PLUG. DC OUTPUT: AUTOMATIC FLOAT EQUALIZE STEADY FULL LOAD CURRENT: 6 AMPS BULK 11.8 -14.0 VOLTS @ ABSORPTI ❑N VOLTAGE: 14.0-14.5 VOLTS @ FLOAT VOLTAGE: 13.3 -14.5 VOLTS @ BULK TO ABSORPTION TRANSITION: 14.0 VOLTS ABSORPTION TO FLOAT TRANSITION: 1.5 AMPS CURRENT LIMIT 7 AMPS OUTPUT POWER LIMITS: 70 +2/ -5 WATTS FLOAT TO ABSORPTI ❑N TRANSITION: 2.06 VOLTS PER CELL LINE REGULATION ACROSS INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE: 1% SPARK PROTECTION CONNECTION AND OPERATION 5.0 -6.0 AMPS 1.5 -5.0 AMPS 0.1 -1.5 AMPS OUTPUT LEAD: APPROX. 1.2M (48') (REF) TYPE SJTOOW -50 °C TO 105 °C UL RATED WIRE WITH RED AND BLACK WIRE INSULATION. TERMINATED IN 9.5 rut (REF) RING STYLE TERMINALS. TO FUSES: THE FUSE MUST BE LOCATED APPROXIMATELY 5' FROM RING TERMINAL ON RED OUTPUT LEAD. DC OUTPUT: RATED PER UL (125% RATED OUTPUT) ISOLATION: INPUT TO OUTPUT: 2500V ENVIRONMENTAL: STORAGE TEMPERATURE RANGE: OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: HUMIDITY: .VIBRATION AND SHOCK: -40 TO +70 °C ( -40 TO +158 °F) -40 TO +70 °C ( -40 TO +158'F) 0 TO 100% (CONDENSING) UL991 REVERSE POLARITY PROTECTION: THE CHARGER SHALL SUSTAIN NO DAMAGE WHEN INCORRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE BATTERY IN REVERSE ORIENTATION. MOUNTING: SHALL HAVE INTERGRAL MTG. FLANGES. ENCLOSURE: SHALL PROTECT THE CHARGER COMPONETS FROM RAIN, SNOW, DUST AND DRIPPING WATER. ALL INTERNAL COMPONENTS PROTECTED FROM WATER DROPLETS. INDICATORS: SHALL HAVE CHARGE INDICATOR LAMP TO INDICATE BULK CHARGE AND FLOAT CHARGE CYCLES. OPERATIONAL: CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING AN INDEFINITE OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE CHARGER. SHALL OPERATE PROPERLY AND SUSTAIN NO DAMAGE WHEN CONNECTED TO INPUT POWER WHILE CONNECTED TO THE BATTERY AND CHARGING SYSTEM OF ENGINE WHILE ENGINE IS CRANKED, RUNNING OR SHUTDOWN. DOCUMENTATION: THERE SHALL BE AN INSTALLATION / OPERATIONAL MANUAL SUPPLIED WITH EACH CHARGER. PER KOHLER SUPPLIED ARTWORK. CERTIFICATIONS (US AND CANADA): MUST COMPLY WITH UL2200 UL1236 MUST MEET CSA REQUIREMENTS EMI / RFI FCC CLASS B COMPLIANT AFTER CHARGER DATE CODE 8/26/04 PRODUCT LABELING: THE LABEL ATTACHED TO THE CHARGER SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION UL LISTING KOHLER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTI ❑N OF ALL INDICATOR ALLOWABLE RANGE OF BATTERY UNIT CAPACITY ALLOWABLE BATTERY TYPES OUTPUT CURRENT AND VOLTAGE INPUT VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY PACKAGING: EACH CHARGER TO BE SHIPPED IN 254r)rl x 152rtr1 x 89ru'i (10' x 6' x 3.5') (REF) CARTON WITH AN APPROPRIATE LABEL ATTACHED. AN OPERATIONAL / INSTALLATI ❑N MANUAL SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH EACH INDIVIDUAL PACKAGE. PACKAGING LABEL: THE PACKAGING LABEL SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: KOHLER P/N DESCRIPTION - BATTERY CHARGER MFG. MODEL NO. MFG. PART NUMBER DATE CODE WARRANTY: 2 YEAR FROM DATE OF PURCHASE FROM MANUFACTURE. 4X 06.00 BLACK LETTERING ON YELLOW BACKGROUND 164.0 143.5 10.3 Y as OUTPUT LEADS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) FUSE (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) RED INPUT LEADS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) I A- REV DATE A 5 -1-03 REVISITH (D- 8)UPDATED INPUT LEAD: NOTEKC- 8)UPDATED OUTPUT LEAD 6 FUSES: NOTES; (B -3> ADDED COLOR, FUSE I. LENGHT NOTES TO OUTPUT LEADS) (C -3) 'BATTERY CHARGER' REMOVED FROM DECAL; BY (BLESS DII RV& SPEL61E0 - 21 TO AEU MLLD[TLRS S,)31 t 325 POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, VI 53044 U SA LX 11.5 S1L6ACE F0391 THIS DRAWING IN DES= AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CD. ANGLES I 7 38' PROPERTY MAD MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN d ItA%. CCMUCC711314 OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. RIGHTS [i< KOHLER Ca 1 METRIC I PRO -E 169512) B 10 -7 -04 (A -8) CLASS B COMPLIANT AFTER CHARGER DATE CODE 8/26/04 VAS CLASS A COMPLIANT(733500 C 2 -12 -07 (C -3) UPDATE DRAWING TO MATCH LABEL ON PART, ADD UL FILE*E227501; (80682) BTV1 %--0 APPROVALS DATE BTV °°'° BTV 11 1 02 ° JS 11 1 02 BPI ""'"''O DB 11-1 -02 "— BATTERY CHARGER, 12V -6A FLOAT EQUALIZES Riac Fl1LL j °" 1° 10*15 t of GM28341 1 D 8 7 6 5 4 I 3 2 I WV WY PUMA= MIER POKIER SYSTEMS MODEL 003341 6 NP MIIONRC BATTERY ONRGER Red. VOLTS. 11D-ND MPS. 51.4.0 D. Rat I Hen � e Enron 1{.0-145 CAUTION To reduce the risk of electrical shock. connect arty to properly grouted nutlet. DAR: 115 VAC 50/601, E 16A OUTPUT: 12 VIE 2 6 Amps MAX BAT: 180 Amp IM. NRZ. C S LIS5" DATE: M1w°t4 lottery Typrs. Lead Acid and Get Ceti Y as OUTPUT LEADS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) FUSE (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) RED INPUT LEADS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) I A- REV DATE A 5 -1-03 REVISITH (D- 8)UPDATED INPUT LEAD: NOTEKC- 8)UPDATED OUTPUT LEAD 6 FUSES: NOTES; (B -3> ADDED COLOR, FUSE I. LENGHT NOTES TO OUTPUT LEADS) (C -3) 'BATTERY CHARGER' REMOVED FROM DECAL; BY (BLESS DII RV& SPEL61E0 - 21 TO AEU MLLD[TLRS S,)31 t 325 POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, VI 53044 U SA LX 11.5 S1L6ACE F0391 THIS DRAWING IN DES= AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CD. ANGLES I 7 38' PROPERTY MAD MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN d ItA%. CCMUCC711314 OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. RIGHTS [i< KOHLER Ca 1 METRIC I PRO -E 169512) B 10 -7 -04 (A -8) CLASS B COMPLIANT AFTER CHARGER DATE CODE 8/26/04 VAS CLASS A COMPLIANT(733500 C 2 -12 -07 (C -3) UPDATE DRAWING TO MATCH LABEL ON PART, ADD UL FILE*E227501; (80682) BTV1 %--0 APPROVALS DATE BTV °°'° BTV 11 1 02 ° JS 11 1 02 BPI ""'"''O DB 11-1 -02 "— BATTERY CHARGER, 12V -6A FLOAT EQUALIZES Riac Fl1LL j °" 1° 10*15 t of GM28341 1 D 8 7 6 5 4 I 3 2 I 08/06/2010 Controlled Document 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 i t D C B A HOSE BARB 16 [.63] I.D. HOSE 2 PLACES a co N 0i rn OUTLET I0 0 n 0i Co PLACE PART NUMBER DECAL ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF INLET AND ABOVE MOUNTING RING INLET 254 [10] B" LENGTH TYPE 1 CORD SINE A IN -BLOCK THERMOSTAT THREAD "A" 09- 1372 [54] OVERALL CORD LENGTH STYLE B IN -BLOCK THERMOSTAT THREAD "A" TERMINATE EACH LEAD WITH A 1/4 INCH INSULATED FEMALE PUSH -ON TERMINAL LEADS TO BE LABELED WITH WIRE MARKERS BY SUPPLIER. LABEL -G' do 11" 1219 [48] REV COE RDAS= ✓ 9 -15-03 (0-8) a ■3942 & a0t943 ADDED. (70412] w 1 -12-05 (0-5) PART NUMBER NOTE ADDED [74045] N 5-15 -08 (0-4) POND TYPE 3 CORD a AWED 082582 (10052753213 Y 2 -10-09 (M-0 328224 VOIDED (88195 -1] z 0-27 (A-5] 325224 REE6WED [85705] A 5-7 -10 (5-8) 005552 AND 0175553 ADDED [80975 -1] RAC SAN RUIN SAN SAM SAM REVONO * BMOC INDICATES REV6gN LEVEL OF DRAWING NOT PART REMO*. SEE PART REVISION LEVEL BEHIND PART NUMBER FOR CURRENT PART REVISION LiVEL. STYLE C IN -HOSE THERMOSTAT 16 [.63] DIA. HOSE BARB TYPE 2 CORD STYLE D IN -BLOCK THERMOSTAT COPPER WASHER INCLUDED GM75553 AA 240 2000 8.3 27/38'C[80'/100•F] F1G-3 2 IN -BASE SENSING UNIT ONLY GM75552 AA 120 1800 15.0 2T /38'C18ff /10ffF] FIG -2 2 IN -BASE SENSING UNIT ONLY GM62682 X 120 1000 4.2 27/38'C[807100F] AG -4 3 GM31943 w 240 1000 6.3 IN BLOCK /A 27/38'C[80'/100' F] 49' /60'CL 2ff/140'F] 1/2 NPT F1G-3 1372 [54.0] 1 GM31942 w 120 1000 12.5 IN BLOCK /A 27/38'C[817/100' F] 49760*C[12ff/140'F] 112 NPT FIG -1 1372 [54.0] 1 GM28585 w 120 1000 8.3 27/38'C[807100'F] AG-1 2 GM24948 w 120 GM24947 w 240 1800 15.0 IN BLOCK /A 38749'C [100712ffFL 2000 8.3 IN BLOCK /A 36/49'C [100' /120'F] 49760'C[1207140'F] 4976ffC[ 12ff /14ffF] M14 -1.5 METRIC FIG -2 1575 [62.0]' 1 CORD THERMOSTAT [40' /60F] M14 -1.5 METRIC AG -3 1575 [62.0] 1 GM23006 w 240 2000 8.3 IN BLOCK /D 2T138•C [80'/100•F] 49'/60'C[12ff/140'F] 28 -1.25 6g METRIC FIG -3 762 [30.0] 1 GM23005 w 120 1800 15.0 IN BLOCK /D 2T /38'C [8ff /I0ffF] 49'/60'C[ 12ff/140'F]_ 28 -1.25 6g METRIC FIG -2 762 [30.01 1 324931 w 240 2000 8.3 IN BLOCK /B 38749'C 100' /120'F 497160*C[12ff/14071 1/2 NPT F1G-3 1575 [62.0] 1 324930 w 120 1800 15.0 IN BLOCK /B 38'/49'C [100' /120*FL 49760'C[12ff/140 -F] 1/2 NPT FIG -2 1575 [62.0] 1 358327 W 240 1000 4.2 277/38'C[807100" F] FIG -3 2 IN -BASE SENSING UNIT ONLY 358311 w 120 1000 4.2 27138'C[807100' F] FIG -1 2 IN -BASE SENSING UNIT ONLY 352946 W 240 1500 6.3 27/38'C[807100' F] FIG -3 1219148.0] 2 IN -BASE SENSING UNIT ONLY 352945 W 120 1500 12.5 2T/38'C[80"/100' F] FIG -1 1219 [48.0] 2 IN -BASE SENSING UNIT ONLY 336703 W 120 1500 12.5 IN HOSE /C 16' /2TC [60*/8ff F] 387/49'C [10ff/120F] FIG -1 326248 w 240 1500 6.3 IN BLOCK /A 38749'C [10ff /120'FL 49160- C[120'1140'F] 5/8 -18 UNF 2A FIG -3 1372 [54.0] 1372 [54.0] 1 1 326247 w 120 1500 12.5 IN BLOCK /A 38'/49'C [1001120-FL 4976ffC[120'/14ffF] 5/8 -18 UNF 2A FIG -1 1372 [54.0] 1 326235 w 240 2000 8.3 IN BLOCK /A 38'/49'C [10ff/12ffF1 49'/60'C[12ff/14ffF] 1/2 NPT FIG-3 1575 [62.0] 1 326234 w 120 1800 15.0 IN BLOCK /A 38'/49•C [1007120*FL 4976ffC[120'/140'F] 326229 w 240 326228 w 120 1500 6.3 IN BLOCK /A 38'/49'C [10ff/1201i 4976ffC[12ff1140'F] 1500 12.5 IN BLOCK /A 38'/49'C [100712ffF1 49'/60T[12ff/140'F] 1/2 NPT FIG -2 1575 [62.0] 1 1/2 NPT FIG -3 1372 [54.0] 1 1/2 NPT FIG -1 1372 [54.0] 1 326224 326222 326221 326220 Z w W W 240 120 240 120 1000 4.2 IN HOSE /C 2T /38'C[80*/100' F]_ 38'/49'C [101T/120T] 1000 8.3 IN HOSE /C 27/38'C[80/100* F] 38749'C [100'/120T] FIG -3 FIG -1 1000 4.2 IN BLOCK /A 38'/49'C [100/12(7F] 49'/6ffC[12ff/140'F] 5/8 -18 UNF 2A 1000 8.3 IN BLOCK /A 38'/49'C [1007120FL 4T/60-C[12ff/140*F] 5/8 -18 UNF 2A FIG -1 FIG -3 1372 [54.0] 1372 [54.0] 1372 [54.0] 1372 [54.0] 1 1 1 PART NO. REV VOLTS 8 THERMOSTAT REMOTE SENSOR WATTS AMPS TYPE /STYLE TEMP. RANGE 7 TANK SENSOR TEMP. RANGE 6 THREAD SIZE 5 PLUG CONFIG. LENGTH CORD TYPE 4 REMARKS 1219 [48] OVERALL CORD LENGTH 120 V. 15 A. NEMA 5 -15P FIGURE 1 r/ 120 V. 20 A. NEMA 5 -20P FIGURE 2 PLUG CONFIGURATION 240 V. 15 A. 120 V. 15 A. NEMA 6 -15P FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4 NOTE DIM IN [ ] ARE INCH. EQUIVALENTS METRIC CAD FILE awm onwe MASO - dt seer an wan* K a * as Imo= now * aw 7a.. R7waan * RIMS 0011311ISE SPEWED - 1 3108916 AIIE M 111111E033 73HMR'AS AIMS 7133 LE =RICE 3611 tID x 3 T x 13 71R MGM* oar 1 ;o 40)-8 APAROW S NMI M09 DaE KOHLER Ca MIER SIS036. N3EER. ■ 55044 USA 56 MUM M =OM CM OS MIER 01 MEW Alp 000 OE ® MDT M 0876701 ®06IR m AR AL ®6 Cf 0®B 01 06051 ARE EXAM 0 -27-53 0- IMP. 10 at HEATER, BLOCK NONE 1C sumac 1 -1 ROO MI 326220 D C GM20968 -KA3 GM20968 -KA4 GM20968 -KA5 GM20968 -KA6 BASE GRP. ITEM 1 326228 326229 GM20968 -KB ITEM 2 25450 00062 (2.33 X- 312 -35 (REF) 6 ITEM 3 ITEM 4 VOLTAGE WATTAGE FT) 25450 00062 (4.67 FT) 120 X- 312 -49 (REF) 240 1500 5 VIEW G/J MODEL 100/125/150 JD 608TF /HF, TIER 1 135/150/180 JD 6068HF, TIER 11 4 326228 326229 25450 00062 (1.21 X -312 -4 (REF) 25450 00062 (4.33 FT) X- 312 -57 (REF) 120 240 1500 G/H 50/60/80 JD 4045TF, TIER I 50/60/80/100 JD 4045TF /HF, TIER II 326234 326235 25450 00062 (2.33 X- 312 -35 (REF) 25450 00062 (1.83 FT) X -312 -5 (REF) X -211 -1 120 1800 240 2000 K 180/200 JD 6068HF, TIER II, III 125/150 JD 6068HF TIER III _ T ,' 111141,111r ROUTE BLOCK HEATER HOSE ACROSS & UNDER FRONT EDGE OF THE OIL PAN. —D B A NOTE: POSTION HOSE IN CLAMP SO HOSE DOES NOT KINK. ENGINE BLOCK N 227642 VIEW G X -582 -1 X- 426 -10 (2) 0 VIEW A -A 8 273693 273692 326219 M933- 08020 -60 (2) (EXP) M6923 -08 -80 (2) (EXP) ENGINE BLOCK 273692 VIEW H M933- 06020 -60 (2) (EXP) M125A -06 -80 (2) (EXP) M6923 -06 -80 (2) (EXP) 273693 THERMOSTAT HOUSING NOTE: HAND TIGHTEN THERMOSTAT HOUSING TO THERMOSTAT WELL OR TORQUE TO 21 Nm [15 FT -LBS] (MAX) 7 VIEW B -B 6 I X -582 -1 X- 426 -10 (2) VIEW C -C 5 326219 M933 - 08020 -60 (2) (EXP) M6923 -08 -80 (2) (EXP) VIEW J VIEW D -D 6 2-12-06 0-5) 41/209135-KW t WA 175/130 a 168 • AGOEA (774411 RAC 3 -10-07 (6-7) -043 t -flAt IOW t (121 Fl) W6 (1.42 FT) 8- 312- -4 (W) •A5 7-312 -17 (REi) «60756) 0FR T 10 -15-09 (0-7) -1(A1 ! RA2 233 IT WS 3.20.8- 3*2-35 115 2- 312-24 -425 ! WO 231 if WS 175 FT. 7 -312 -8 LESS 2 -312-36. 183 if W►S 2.33 FT X-312 -5 WAS 2 -312 «66370) 326219 M933- 08020 -60 (2) (EXP) M933 - 06020 -60 (2) (EXP) M6923 -08 -80 (2) (EXP) M125A -06 -80 (2) (EXP) M6923 -06 -80 (2) (EXP) ENGINE BLOCK VIEW F -F 4 BLOCK HEATER KITS 1500- 2000W, 120V/240V 4045TF /6068HF JOHN DEERE 1%4933- 06020 -60 (2) (EXP) M125A -06 -80 (2) (EXP) M6923 -06 -80 (2) (EXP) VIEW K NOTE: EXPENCE SCREWS, NUTS, AND WASHERS ARE LISTED AS "EXP" AND ARE NOT SPECIFIED ON BILLS OF MATERIAL FOR PROPER ASSEMBLY METHOD, USE G -585 AS A GUIDELINE. METRIC CAD FILE 6116 00616E SWIM - t Au,13=AIE M WX606 X163 011 9967E RBI x2:10 T X t M. AM4ES± / OW VV 144 MOE OWIMI KOHLER CO ROVER 5756016 16615. 6f 57014 USA. 16 MUM • WIN AID AXIL IS WIVE m REAM - 6A6ff WED =MN a6V69• iM4216 W.4AIX. u 6112 W Aga 0• IMMO AI 6 ®6 APPROWS cFR 42 Onoms 6-7-01 5-7-01 6 -13.01 BLOCK' HEATER .17 16' r- 0120916. - 1 -1 GM20968 I D 8 7 6 5 4 3 f 2 AL/CU MECHANICAL LUGS PER PHASE BREAKER AMPS WIRE RANGE FRAME A WIRE BENDING H J L D 40 -150 ONE #14 TO 3/0 175 ONE I/O TO 4/0 200 -250 ONE 3/0 TO 350 KCMIL 300 -400 ONE #I TO 600 KCMIL 150-400 ONE #2 TO 500 KCMIL AL ONE #2 TO 600 KCMIL CU 600 TWO 2/0 TO 350 KCMIL AL TWO 2/0 TO 500 KCMIL CU 427 [16.8] 413 [16.3] 369 [14.5] 362 [14.2) M P 700-800 THREE 3/0 TO 500 KCMIL 600 -800 341 (13.4] 14.3 (2) [0.56] 32 [1.3] 600A NEUTRAL STANDARD BREAKER COMBINATIONS BREAKER I BREAKER 2 COMMENT H J L D STD OR GFI M P STD OR GFI H H J HORJ L H, J OR L D H,J,LORD NOGFI M OR P H. J. L OR D NO GF I NEUTRAL BREAKER I BREAKER 2 (800A SHOWN) I (P -FRAME SHOWN) (J -FRAME SHOWN) O 0 O 0 0 0 CO In o N 0 0. 014.3 (4) [0.56] 44.5 (1.75] 22 [0.9] 89 [3.5] 0 11011 ,04,0,t 1,OTWT0I II,01I u LW 1-10. 0 O0 LOAD LUGS (SEE CHART) SHOWN WITH COVERS REMOVED (ALL VIEWS) LINE CIRCUIT BREAKER (LCB) KITS 4S /4SW /4V /4W ALTERNATOR FRAME STYLES NOTES: I) SEE UNIT DIMENSION PRINT (ADV -XXXX) FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS, JUNCTION BOX AND STUB -UP LOCATION. 2) ADD SKID DEPTH TO WIRE BENDING HEIGHTS ON THIS PRINT TO ARRIVE AT FULL WIRE-BENDING SPACE. 3) CONSULT FACTORY FOR BREAKER COMBINATIONS NOT SHOWN ON THIS PRINT. 4) MECHANICAL LUGS ARE AVAILABLE FOR NEUTRAL. SEE ADV-7376. 5) NEUTRALS ARE BONDED TO GROUND AS STANDARD. CONSULT LOCAL CODES OR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. 6) CIRCUIT BREAKER FRAMES REFER TO STANDARD SQUARE -D PRODUCT. 7) STANDARD NEUTRALS PROVIDED ARE SIZED FOR MAXIMUM UNIT AMPS. GFI NEUTRALS ARE MATCHED TO THEIR CIRCUIT BREAKER AMPS. 8) DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE INCHES. 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 VIEW FROM ENGINE END (HALF VIEW SHOWN) REV DATE ON COMPOSITE DNS. SEE PART NO. FOR REVISION LEVEL 5 -16 -07 NEW DRAWING [79671] BY ED MISS 01401114E VPWIf IFI 11 01INK10t3 IRE II AILLI4TFIS tl TOIOAICL3 AIE: SOaAt( 114151 / YAK. APPROVALS DATE WSD 5 16 07 KOHLER CQ I METRIC I PRO-E POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER, W1 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST HOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. u DIMENSION PRINT WSD 5 16 07 A4 4O AJH 5.16 -07 AGAA Rod I Aei C. 11f'+ I e l I ADV -7371 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 D C B A PART NO. GM47475 -1 GM47475 -2 REV AMPS 40 60 VENDOR NO. HDL36040 HDL36060 GM47475 -3 70 HDL36070 GM47475- 4 80 HDL36080 GM47475 -5 90 HDL36090 GM47475 -6 100 HDL36100 GM47475 -7 125 HDL36125 GM47475 -8 150 HDL36150 2X 05.60 NOTES: 38.0 125.0 REF. O N CO SUGGESTED PANEL CUTOUT & MOUNTING AL150HD LUGS EACH END (REF) (1) #14 - #10 AWG, TORQUE 5 Nm [50 IN -LBS] OR (1) #8 -3/0 AWG, TORQUE 14 Nm [120 IN -LB] HARDWARE INCLUDED: (2) #8 -32 SCREWS 2x 05.10 V I 104.7 000 O V O ❑ I I 34.8 35.0 0 LC) N CO SQUARE D HD -FRAME CIRCUIT BREAKER THERMAL MAGNETIC 3 POLE TOGGLE LUG -LUG I _ 4 DATE REVISION EiY 10 -21 -05 NEW DRAWING [76459] RAC REVISION BLOCK INDICATES REVISION LEVEL OF DRAWING NOT PART REVISION. SEE PART REVISION LEVEL BEHIND PART NUMBER FOR CURRENT PART REVISION LEVEL 110.8 (D N (.D 87.4 METRIC CAD FILE MODELLED IN PRO /E UNLESS ODIERM6E SPECo-1m - I) TXMENSONS ARE IN IAWW FAS 2) TOLERANCES ARE XXX t 0.25 X.X t 1.0 X *1z ANGLES t O'30' SURFACE RNSH 7-ma- =RD MreW PODECall KOHLER CO POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S.A. 1115 DRAWING. IN DESIGN AND DETAIL S KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUSE HOT DE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECCIIDN WWI KOHLER CO. WORK ALL TIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVES. APPROVALS DATE CROW RAC 10 -21-05 CHZCKED JMS 6 -13 -06 APPROWD SLJ 6 -15-06 DWG, CIRCUIT BREAKER SCALE NONE 1°"D in GM47475.DWG I sHEn 1 -1 DWG. wn PLOT= DIat GM47475 I C D C 4— B A • • M IV) CD � u • 35.7 [1.41] O 7.9 [0.31] 30.2 [1.19] GM53097 -KP1 LUG, #6 AWG -3/0 AWG X3 (USE WITH NEUTRAL WITH 2 -HOLE MTG) 44. 5 [1.75] _ 37.7 [1.48] U) r 0 0 v o 119.9 [4.72] 7.9 40.5 [1.59]' 0 0 81.0 [3.19] 6.4 [0.25] 31.8 44.5 _ 18.3 6.4 [1.75] m [1.25] GM53097 -KP2 LUG, #6 AWG -350 KCMIL X3 (USE WITH NEUTRAL WITH 2 -HOLE MTG) [0.31] 1 34.9 [1.38] GM53097 -KP5 LUG, #6 AWG -350 KCMIL X4 (USE WITH NEUTRAL WITH 4 -HOLE MTG) t0 44.5 [1.75] CO O O o n [0.72] [0.25] 81.0 31.8 [3.19] [1.25] 0 GM53097 -KP3 LUG, #6 AWG -350 KCMIL X3 (USE WITH NEUTRAL WITH 4 -HOLE MTG) 49.2 [1.94] R CO 00 ' N r u 0 0 0 142.9 NOTES: I) ALL LUGS ARE SIZED FOR I/2" MOUNTING HARDWARE. 2) ALL KITS ARE SUPPLIED WITH 1/2" HARDWARE FOR MOUNTING TO BUS UP TO 3/8" THICK. 3) REFER TO CIRCUIT BREAKER ADV'S FOR NEUTRAL TYPE. 4) DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE INCHES. [5.63] i 9.5 _ [0.38] 38.1 [1.50] GM53097 -KP6 LUG, #2 AWG -600 KCMIL X4 (USE ONLY WITH 4UA NEUTRAL WITH 4 -HOLE MTG) 44.5 [1.75] 31.0 [1.22]�- U) 0 0 0 0 _ 9.5 [0.38] M 106.4 38.1 [4.19] [1.50] 0145212ELKE4 LUG, #2 AWG -600 KCMIL X3 (USE WITH NEUTRAL WITH 4 -HOLE MTG) _ 16.5 [0.65] v 7.9 [0.31] CO N 1_ 46.0 [1.81] GM53097 -KP7 LUG, I/O AWG -750 KCMIL XI REV DATE REVISION BY 7 -12 -07 NEW DRAWING [796771 WSD UNLESS OTREIRISE SPECIFIED II OIRQSIONS ARE IN NILLIRETEIS 21 TMLRANCES ARE: X.EE t 0.25 2.2 A P.O A t 1.5 MILE FINISH ANGLES t 0- SD' V MAR. KOHLER CCU I METRIC I PRO-E POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S,A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. • APPROVALS DATE WSD 7 12 07 nn" DIMENSION PRINT LUG KITS 8 6 4 3 WSD "^01° AJH 2 7 12 07 SCALE 7 -12-07 ANI 00. NONE I w ADV -7376 OF I Generator Set/Transfer Switch Installation Checklist This document has generic content and some items may not apply to some applications. Check only the items that apply to the specific application. Read and understand all of the safety precautions found in the Operation and Installation Manuals. Make the following installation checks before performing the Startup Checklist. Note: Use this form as a general guide, along with any applicable codes or standards. Comply with all applicable codes and standards. Improper installation voids the warranty. Equipment Room or Weather Housing Does Not Yes Apply ❑ ❑ 1. Is the equipment installed in a fire- resistant room (made of non - combustible material) or in an outdoor weather housing? ❑ ❑ 2. Is there adequate clearance between the engine and floor for service maintenance? ❑ ❑ 3. Is there emergency lighting available at the equipment room or weather housing? ❑ ❑ 4. Is there adequate heating for the equipment room or outdoor weather housing? ❑ ❑ 5. Is the equipment room clean with all materials not related to the emergency power supply system removed? ❑ ❑ 6. Is the equipment room protected with a fire protection system? Engine and Mounting ❑ LI ❑ 7. Is the mounting surface(s) properly constructed and leveled? ❑ 8. Is the mounting surface made from non - combustible material? Li 9. Was the generator -to- engine alignment performed after attaching the skid to the mounting base? Generator sets with two - bearing generators require alignment. Lubrication ❑ ❑ 10. Is the engine crankcase filled with the specified oil? Cooling and Ventilation ❑ ❑ 11. Is the cooling system filled with the manufacturer's specified coolant/antifreeze and purged of air? ❑ ❑ 12. Is there adequate inlet and outlet air flow (electric louvers adjusted and ventilation fan motor(s) connected to the corresponding voltage)? Is the radiator duct properly sized and connected to the air vent or louver? Are flexible sections installed in the cooling water lines? ❑ ❑ 13. ❑ ❑ 14. Fuel ❑ ❑ 15. ❑ ❑ 16. ❑ ❑ 17. ❑ ❑ 18. ❑ ❑ 19. ❑ ❑ 20. ❑ ❑ 21. ❑ ❑ 22. ❑ ❑ 23. Exhaust ❑ ❑ 24. Is there an adequate /dedicated fuel supply? Are the fuel filters installed? Are the fuel tanks and piping installed in accordance with applicable codes and standards? Is there adequate fuel transfer tank pump lift capacity and is the pump motor connected to the corresponding voltage? Is the fuel transfer tank pump connected to the emergency power source? Are flexible fuel lines installed between the engine fuel inlet and fuel piping? Is the specified gas pressure available at the fuel regulator inlet? Does the gas solenoid valve function? Are the manually operated fuel and cooling water valves installed allowing manual operation or bypass of the solenoid valves? Is the exhaust line sized per guidelines and does it have flexible connector(s)? Is the flexible connector(s) straight? Does Not Yes Apply Li ❑ 25. Is there an exhaust line condensate trap with a drain installed? ❑ ❑ 26. Is the specified silencer installed and are the hanger and mounting hardware tightened? ❑ ❑ 27. Is a heat - isolating thimble(s) installed at points where exhaust lines pass through combustible wall(s) or partition(s)? ❑ ❑ 28. Is the exhaust line free of excessive bends and restrictions? Is the backpressure within specifications? ❑ ❑ 29. Is the exhaust line installed with a downward pitch toward the outside of the building? ❑ ❑ 30. Is the exhaust line protected from entry by rain, snow, and animals? Does the exhaust system outlet location prevent entry of exhaust gases into buildings or structures? ❑ ❑ 32. Are individuals protected from exposure to high temperature exhaust parts and are hot parts safety decals present? ❑ ❑ 31• AC Electrical System ❑ ❑ 33. Does the nameplate voltage/frequency of the generator set and transfer switch match normal /utility source ratings? 34. Do the generator set load conductors have adequate ampacity and are they correctly connected to the circuit breakers and /or the emergency side of the transfer switch? ❑ ❑ 35. Are the load conductors, engine starting cables, battery charger cables, and remote annunciator leads installed in separate conduits? ❑ ❑ 36. Is the battery charger AC circuit connected to the corresponding voltage? ❑ ❑ Transfer Switch, Remote Control System, Accessories ❑ ❑ 37. Is the transfer switch mechanism free of binding? Note: Disconnect all AC sources and operate the transfer switch manually. ❑ ❑ 38. Are the transfer switch AC conductors correctly connected? Verify lead designations using the appropriate wiring diagrams. ❑ ❑ 39. Is all other wiring connected, as required? Batteries and DC Electrical System ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 0 L ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 40. Does the battery(ies) have the specified CCA rating and voltage? 41. Is the battery(ies) filled with electrolyte and connected to the battery charger? 42. Are the engine starting cables connected to the battery (ies)? 43. Do the engine starting cables have adequate length and gauge? 44. Is the battery(ies) installed with adequate air ventilation? 45. Are the ends of all spark plug wires properly seated onto the coil /distributor and the spark plug? Special Requirements ❑ ❑ 46. Is the earthquake protection adequate for the equipment and support systems? • ❑ 47. Is the equipment protected from lightning damage? Generator Set/Transfer Switch Startup Checklist This document has generic content and some items may not apply to some applications. Check only the items that apply to the specific application. Read and understand all of the safety precautions found in the Operation and Installation Manuals. Complete the Installation Checklist before performing the initial startup checks. Refer to Service Bulletin 616 for Warranty Startup Procedure Requirements regarding generator set models with ECM - controlled engines. Does Not Yes Apply ❑ ❑ 1. D D Verify that the engine is filled with oil and the cooling system is filled with coolant /antifreeze. 2. Prime the fuel system. ❑ ❑ 3. Open all water and fuel valves. Temporarily remove the radiator cap to eliminate air in the cooling system. Replace radiator cap in step 21. ❑ ❑ 4. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF /RESET position. Observe Not -in -Auto lamp and alarm, if equipped, on the controller. ❑ ❑ 5. Press the lamp test, if equipped on controller. Do all the alarm lamps on the panel illuminate? ❑ ❑ 6. Open the main line circuit breakers, open the safeguard breaker, and /or remove fuses connected to the generator set output leads. ❑ ❑ 7. Turn down the speed control (electronic governor) or speed screw (mechanical governor) * 8. Verify the presence of lube oil in the turbocharger, if equipped. See the engine and /or generator set operation manual. ❑ ❑ 9. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position. Allow the engine to start and run for several seconds. ❑ ❑ 10. Verify that the day tank, if equipped, is energized. ❑ ❑ 11. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF /RESET position. Check for oil, coolant, and exhaust leaks. ❑ ❑ 12. Turn on the water /oil heaters and fuel lift pumps. ❑ ❑ 13. Check the battery charger ammeter for battery charging indication. ❑ ❑ 14. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position. Verify whether there is sufficient oil pressure. Check for oil, coolant, and exhaust leaks. ❑ ❑ 15. Close the safeguard circuit breaker. Adjust the engine speed to 50/60 Hz if equipped with an electronic governor or to 52.8/63 Hz if equipped with a mechanical governor.* ❑ ❑ 16. If the speed is unstable, adjust according to the appropriate engine and /or governor manual.* ❑ ❑ 17. Adjust the AC output voltage to match the load voltage using the voltage adjusting control. See the generator set/controller operation manual. ❑ ❑ 18. Allow the engine to reach normal operating coolant temperature. ❑ ❑ 19. Check the operating temperature on city water - cooled models and adjust the thermostatic valve as necessary. ❑ ❑ 20. Manually overspeed the engine to cause an engine shutdown (68 -70 Hz on 60 Hz models and 58 -60 Hz on 50 Hz models). Place the generator set master switch in the OFF /RESET position.* ❑ ❑ 21. Check the coolant level, add coolant as necessary, and replace the radiator cap. Verify that all hose clamps are tight and secure. ❑ ❑ 22. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position. ❑ ❑ 23. Verify the engine low oil pressure and high coolant temperature shutdowns.* ❑ Li 24. Check the overcrank shutdown.* ❑ ❑ 25. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF /RESET position. ❑ ❑ 26. Open the normal source circuit breaker or remove fuses to the transfer switch. ❑ ❑ 27. Disconnect the power switching device and logic controller wire harness at the inline disconnect plug at the transfer switch. ❑ ❑ 28. Manually transfer the load to the emergency source. D D Does Not Yes Apply ❑ ❑ 29. Close the normal source circuit breaker or replace fuses to the transfer switch. ❑ ❑ 30. Check the normal source voltage, frequency, and phase sequence on three -phase models. The normal source must match the load. ❑ ❑ 31. Open the normal source circuit breaker or remove fuses to the transfer switch. ❑ ❑ 32. Manually transfer the load to the normal source. ❑ ❑ 33. ❑ D 34. ❑ ❑ 35. ❑ ❑ 36. ❑ ❑ 37. ❑ ❑ 38. ❑ ❑ 39. Close the generator set main line circuit breakers, close the safeguard breaker, and /or replace the fuses connected to the transfer switch. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN position. Check the generator set voltage, frequency, and phase sequence on three -phase models. The generator set must match normal source and load. Place the generator set master switch in the OFF /RESET position. Open the generator set main line circuit breakers, open the safeguard breaker, and /or remove the fuses connected to the transfer switch. Reconnect the power switching device and logic controller wire harness at the inline disconnect plug at the transfer switch. Close the normal source circuit breaker or replace fuses to the transfer switch. Place the generator set master switch to the AUTO position. ❑ ❑ 40. Close the generator set main line circuit breakers, close the safeguard breaker, and /or replace the fuses connected to the transfer switch. ❑ ❑ 41. Place the transfer switch in the TEST position (load test or open normal source circuit breaker). NOTE: Obtain permission from the building authority before proceeding. This procedure tests transfer switch operation and connects building load to generator set power. ❑ ❑ 42. Readjust frequency to 50 or 60 Hz with total building loads.* ❑ ❑ 43. Verify that the current phase is balanced for three phase systems. ❑ ❑ 44. Release the transfer switch test switch or close the normal circuit breaker. The transfer switch should retransfer to the normal source after appropriate time delay(s). ❑ ❑ 45. Allow the generator set to run and shut down automatically after the appropriate cool down time delay(s). ❑ ❑ 46. Set the plant exerciser to the customer's required exercise period, if equipped. ❑ ❑ 47. Verify that all options on the transfer switch are adjusted and functional for the customer's requirements. ❑ ❑ 48. If possible, run the building loads on the generator set for several hours or perform the load bank test if required. ❑ ❑ 49. Verify that all the wire connections from the generator set to the transfer switch and optional accessories are tight and secure. ❑ ❑ 50. Verify that the customer has the appropriate engine /generator set and transfer switch literature. Instruct the customer in the operation and maintenance of the power system. ❑ ❑ 51. Fill out the startup notification at this time and send the white copy to the Generator Warranty Dept. Include the warranty form if applicable. * Some models with an Engine Electronic Control Module (ECM) may limit or prohibit adjusting the engine speed or testing shutdowns. Refer to appropriate documentation available from the manufacturer. Manufacturer: JOHN DEERE POWER SYSTEMS Engine Family: AJDXL06.8104 Certificate Number: JDX- NRCI -10 -19.1 Intended Service Class: NR 6 (130 -225) Fuel Type: DIESEL FELs: g/kW -hr NMHC +NOx: N/A NOx: N/A PM: N/A Effective Date: 12/16/2009 Date Issued: 12/16/2009 Karl J. Simon, Director Compliance and Innovative Strategies Division Office of Transportation and Air Quality Pursuant to Section 111 and Section 213 of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. sections 7411 and 7547) and 40 CFR Part 60 and Part 89, and subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in those provisions, this certificate of conformity is hereby issued with respect to the test engines which have been found to conform to applicable requirements and which represent the following stationary and nonroad engines, by engine family, more fully described in the documentation required by 40 CFR Part 60 and 89, and produced in the stated model year. This certificate of conformity covers only those new stationary and nonroad compression- ignition engines which conform in all material respects to the design specifications that applied to those engines described in the documentation required by 40 CFR Part 60 and 89 and which are produced during the model year stated on this certificate of the said manufacturer, as defined in 40 CFR Part 60 and 89. It is a term of this certificate that the manufacturer shall consent to all inspections described in 40 CFR 89.129 -96 and 89.506 -96 and authorized in a warrant or court order. Failure to comply with the requirements of such a warrant or court order may lead to a revocation or suspension of this certificate for reasons specified in 40 CFR Part 89. It is also a term of this certificate that this certificate may be revoked or suspended or rendered void ab initio for other reasons specified in 40 CFR Part 89. This certificate does not cover stationary and nonroad engines sold, offered for sale, or introduced, or delivered for introduction, into commerce in the U.S. prior to the effective date of the certificate. Yom` ' . �" UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY OFFICE OF TRANSPORTATION AND AIR QUALITY WASHINGTON, DC 20460 CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY 2010 MODEL YEAR ' . , °' . 7 �. . .. cc, +.'AitR' ,..0 -- .N+ :,ri.• ., _..... <... _ a,. .T. ... �'!,.Ra e v`JtY'-i,^.:.. - ..0.t,:,,,, .X. }. . .. . _. _ -i,r t/'.. ,v...-..c ",,I,4.7 :t,. 'ter::: -4:.' Manufacturer: JOHN DEERE POWER SYSTEMS Engine Family: AJDXL06.8104 Certificate Number: JDX- NRCI -10 -19.1 Intended Service Class: NR 6 (130 -225) Fuel Type: DIESEL FELs: g/kW -hr NMHC +NOx: N/A NOx: N/A PM: N/A Effective Date: 12/16/2009 Date Issued: 12/16/2009 Karl J. Simon, Director Compliance and Innovative Strategies Division Office of Transportation and Air Quality Pursuant to Section 111 and Section 213 of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. sections 7411 and 7547) and 40 CFR Part 60 and Part 89, and subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in those provisions, this certificate of conformity is hereby issued with respect to the test engines which have been found to conform to applicable requirements and which represent the following stationary and nonroad engines, by engine family, more fully described in the documentation required by 40 CFR Part 60 and 89, and produced in the stated model year. This certificate of conformity covers only those new stationary and nonroad compression- ignition engines which conform in all material respects to the design specifications that applied to those engines described in the documentation required by 40 CFR Part 60 and 89 and which are produced during the model year stated on this certificate of the said manufacturer, as defined in 40 CFR Part 60 and 89. It is a term of this certificate that the manufacturer shall consent to all inspections described in 40 CFR 89.129 -96 and 89.506 -96 and authorized in a warrant or court order. Failure to comply with the requirements of such a warrant or court order may lead to a revocation or suspension of this certificate for reasons specified in 40 CFR Part 89. It is also a term of this certificate that this certificate may be revoked or suspended or rendered void ab initio for other reasons specified in 40 CFR Part 89. This certificate does not cover stationary and nonroad engines sold, offered for sale, or introduced, or delivered for introduction, into commerce in the U.S. prior to the effective date of the certificate. Rating Specific Emissions Data - John Deere Power Systems JOHN DEERE RatgD atirn ;rtifie owe r� Rated odel del 6068HF285K 177 1800 OEM (Gen Set) g /kW hr g /hp -hr 3.4 2.5 0.1 0.1 3.5 2.6 0.12 0.09 1.1 0.8 Certificate. Data ngunel, `A Certificate- umtie q7 xecuttve : Parent of X�± 2010 AJDXL06.8104 350HAB JDX- NRCI -10 -19.1 U -R -004 -0386 6068H F285A g /kW -hr 3.4 0.2 3.6 0.18 1.3 The emission data fisted is measured from a laboratory tes engine according to the test procedures of 40 CFR 89 or 40 CFR 1039, as applicable. The test engine is intended to represent nominal production hardware, and w e do not guarantee that every production engine w ill have identical test results. The family parent data represents multiple ratings and this data may have been collected at a different engine speed and load. Emission results may vary due to engine manufacturing tolerances, engine operating conditions, fuels used, or other conditions beyond our control. This information is property of Deere & Company. It is provided solely for the purpose of obtaining certification or permits of Deere pow ered equipment. Unauthorized distribution of this information is prohibited Emissions Query V1.4.xls run on Jan -15 -2010 JDPS 1/15/2010 Page 1 SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT 21865 East Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 Application No. 462955 Page 1 Granted as of November 21, 2006 Expires December 31, 2010 ID 92796 Legal Owner or Operator: DEERE POWER SYSTEMS GROUP P.O. BOX 5100 WATERLOO, IA 50704 -8000 ATTN: RICHARD A. BISHOP Equipment Location: SAME AS ABOVE The equipment described below and as shown on the approved plans and specifications are subject to the special conditions or conditions listed. Equipment Description INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE, JOHN DEERE, 6 CYLINDER, TURBOCHARGED /AFTERCOOLED, MODEL 6068HF285K, 237 BHP, DIESEL FUELED, DRIVING AN EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL GENERATOR. Manufacturer Condition 1. THIS CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT PERMIT (CEP) IS NOT A PERMIT TO CONSTRUCT OR OPERATE. THE PERSON CONSTRUCTING, INSTALLING OR OPERATING THE EQUIPMENT AT EACH SPECIFIC SITE SHALL OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY PERMIT(S) TO CONSTRUCT AND PERMIT(S) TO OPERATE AND COMPLY WITH ANY OTHER DISTRICT RULES AND REGULATIONS INCLUDING THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATION XIII End User Conditions 1. OPERATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS SUBMITTED WITH THE APPLICATION UNDER WHICH THIS PERMIT IS ISSUED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED BELOW. 2. THIS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY MAINTAINED AND KEPT IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITIONS AT ALL TIMES. 3. A NON - RESETTABLE TOTALIZING TIMER SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED TO INDICATE THE ENGINE ELAPSED OPERATING TIME. 4. AN ENGINE OPERATING LOG SHALL BE KEPT AND MAINTAINED ON FILE TO RECORD WHEN THIS ENGINE IS STARTED MANUALLY. THE LOG SHALL LIST THE DATE OF OPERATION, THE TIMER READING IN HOURS AT THE BEGINNING AND END OF OPERATION, AND THE REASON FOR OPERATION FOR A MINIMUM OF THREE YEARS FROM THE DATE OF ENTRY AND MADE AVAILABLE TO DISTRICT PERSONNEL UPON REQUEST. THE TOTAL HOURS OF OPERATION (INCLUDING HOURS FOR MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC OPERATION) ORIGINAL (copy) SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT 21865 East Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765 Q U t P>M= T E4R4 0,CONSTRfiJ.1- OR "ADFiERAr Application No. 462955 Page 2 SHALL BE RECORDED SOMETIME DURING THE FIRST 15 DAYS OF JANUARY OF EACH YEAR. 5. THIS ENGINE SHALL NOT OPERATE MORE THAN 200 HOURS IN ANY ONE YEAR, WHICH INCLUDES NO MORE THAN 50 HOURS IN ANY ONE YEAR FOR MAINTENANCE AND TESTING PURPOSES. 6. THE OPERATOR SHALL NOT PURCHASE ANY DIESEL FUEL UNLESS THE FUEL IS LOW- SULFUR DIESEL FOR WHICH THE SULFUR CONTENT DOES NOT EXCEED 15 PPM BY WEIGHT. EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2006, THE OPERATOR SHALL ONLY USE DIESEL FUEL WITH A SULFUR CONTENT THAT DOES NOT EXCEED 15 PPM BY WEIGHT, UNLESS THE OPERATOR DEMONSTRATES IN WRITING TO THE EXECUTIVE OFFICER THAT SPECIFIC ADDITIONAL TIME IS NECESSARY. 7. OPERATION BEYOND THE 50 HOURS PER YEAR ALLOTTED FOR ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND TESTING SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY IN THE EVENT OF A LOSS OF GRID POWER OR UP TO 30 MINUTES PRIOR TO A ROTATING OUTAGE, PROVIDED THAT: (A) THE UTILITY DISTRIBUTION COMPANY HAS ORDERED ROTATING OUTAGES IN THE CONTROL AREA WHERE THE ENGINE IS LOCATED OR HAS INDICATED THAT IT EXPECTS TO ISSUE SUCH AN ORDER AT A CERTAIN TIME; AND (B) THE ENGINE IS LOCATED IN A UTILITY SERVICE BLOCK THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE ROTATING OUTAGE. ENGINE OPERATION SHALL BE TERMINATED IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE UTILITY DISTRIBUTION COMPANY ADVISES THAT A ROTATING OUTAGE IS NO LONGER IMMINENT OR IN EFFECT. 8. THIS ENGINE SHALL BE A US EPA CERTIFIED, NON -ROAD COMPRESSION - IGNITION ENGINE, AS EVIDENCED BY THE MANUFACTURER'S ENGINE TAG. Please notify RAMAN PATEL at 909/396 -2466 when SCAQMD information packets are needed or if you have any questions concerning the Certification/Registration Program. This Certified Equipment Permit is based on the plans, specifications, and data submitted as it pertains to the release of air contaminants and control measures to reduce air contaminants. No approval or opinion concerning safety and other factors in design, construction or operation of the equipment is expressed. or implied. This Certified Equipment Permit will become invalid if this application is cancelled. THIS PERMIT SHALL EXPIRE ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ISSUANCE unless an extension is granted by the Executive Officer. B NC. PA L, P.E. Se or Air Quality Engineer ORIGINAL (copy) q`,.r.s tro..eaw u,aArmy JOHN DEERE POWER SYSTEMS EXECUTIVE ORDER U-R-004-0388 New Off -Road Compression - Ignition Engines e�,r AIR RESOURCES BOARD Pursuant to the authority vested in the Air Resources Board by Sections 43013, 43018, 43101, 43102, 43104 and 43105 of the Health and Safety Code; and Pursuant to the authority vested in the undersigned by Sections 39515 and 39516 of the Health and Safety Code and Executive Order G -02-003; IT IS ORDERED AND RESOLVED: That the following compression- ignition engines and emission control systems produced by the manufacturer are certified as described below for use in off-road equipment. Production engines shall be in all material respects the same as those for which certification is granted. MODEL YEAR ENGINE FAMILY DISPLACEMENT (liters) FUEL TYPE USEFUL LIFE (hours) 2010 AJDXL06.8104 4.5, 6.8 Diesel 8000 ACCEL LUG SPECIAL FEATURES & EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS TYPICAL EQUIPMENT APPLICATION Electronic Control Module, Direct Diesel Injection, Turbo Charger, Charge Air Cooler, Smoke Puff Limiter Loaders, Tractor, Pump, Compressor, Generator Set, Other Industrial Equipment The engine models and codes are attached. The following are the exhaust certification standards (STD), or family emission limit(s) (FEL) as applicable, and certification levels (CERT) for hydrocarbon (HC), oxides of nitrogen (NOx), or non - methane hydrocarbon plus oxides of nitrogen (NMHC +NOx), carbon monoxide (CO), and particulate matter (PM) in grams per kilowatt-hour (g /kw -hr), and the opacity-of -smoke certification standards and certification levels in percent ( %) during acceleration (Accel), lugging (Lug), and the peak value from either mode (Peak) for this engine family (Title 13, California Code of Regulations, (13 CCR) Section 2423): RATED POWER CLASS EMISSION STANDARD CATEGORY EXHAUST (glkw -hr) OPACITY (%) HC NOx NMHC +NOx CO PM ACCEL LUG PEAK 130 < kW < 225 Tier 3 STD N/A N/A 4.0 3.5 0.20 20 15 50 CERT — — 3.6 1.3 0.18 14 3 30 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED: That for the listed engine models, the manufacturer has submitted the information and materials to demonstrate certification compliance with 13 CCR Section 2424 (emission control labels), and 13 CCR Sections 2425 and 2426 (emission control system warranty). Engines certified under this Executive Order must conform to all applicable California emission regulations. This Executive Order is only granted to the engine family and model -year listed above. Engines in this family that are produced for any other model -year are not covered by this Executive Order. Executed at El Monte, California on this day of December 2009. Annette Hebert, Chief Mobile Source Operations Division ' (210$19q Engine Model Summary Form Manufacturer. John Deere Power Systems Engine C19990 q: Nonmed CI EPA Engine Family AJDXL06.8104 Mk Famiy Name: 350HAB Process Code: New Submission -�1 . - u -R ooh- - 036 4.Fuel Rate: 5.Fuel Rase: 7.Fute Rare: 3.8FPORPM gm /stroke 0 peat HP (being peak HP 6.Torgw O RPM r *sceeepeak 8.Fual Rate: 9.Errisalon Control 1.Engine Code 2.Engine Model (sAE Gross) (for diesel only) (tor duels only) (SEA Gross) torque ONIA k`orclutl Cantos Per SAE J1930 8221391500 126191500 414.8691500' .... , EM EC SPL :: '.4 Tc EM EC SPL 6088HF285A - 8068H : 2141792400 ','103.1092 6068H 199.8292400 8086HF285C ` "8068H • 8088HF2858 928092400 Di@2404 74,94424000 578.9191500 119.3391500 80.3991500 (1$00 147 BBi�1b00 c 54:1800 EM'EC SPL 8068HF285D 6068H 185.072200 929000 88.9400 578.9191500 120.2}500 80.811500 EM EC SPL 8068HF285K 68811: 237 0O 13>y 299180.9 '_v :83'.67 666 '?s 8068HF285L 6068H 1971491800 115.9091800 70.3391800 F 8068HC082 6088H ,.> 205.2 92700 18k10 f' H ;.118661i466:::'" .557 3 1 00 11E _ E00 .::8$ D8r 1700 8068HFS82 808811 197.140180 0 115.7001800 702291800 8068HFS83 .806811 2371804 1361 EM EC- SPL EM EC SPL EM EC SPL'`?? EM EC SPL 404511F2851( 6068H 1971 1800 173 1800 70.351800 EM EC SPL 8068HN055 806811 i :;1 D 80 b0 ff0' , .734692880 ', 81500: 91,40 500 , . 57 1500 EAR EC SPL 608811FC28A 6068H 23737 1760 140.8091780 83 1760 8068HFC2813- • :608841. .. 400 195.8092400. EM EC SPL EM.EC SPL' 8088HFC28C 6068H 1998292350 98.6002350 78.642350 EM EC SPL 8088HFC28D' ,' ' 806811: 1p, i ia0 1OBADM: :D° '15.27 00.. .. -t:. 606811FC28E 606811 199.82 2400 94.9092400 78.8892400 8.9191500 120 1500 81.1 1500 EM EC SPL 8088HE050 606811 : 2 4b0 _ .-'t99' � :928092400: �- '- T4.9A92400 -`' � 57891913118 ;= -119�5Db_• < >�0.39�1sb0 ;: . EM EC SR: EM'EC SPL, KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Quote Model KSS- DMTA -0080S Spec Sheets Dimensional Drawings Wiring Schematic Diagrams Warranty Sub - Section Transfer Switch Transfer Switch Transfer Switch Warranty Warranty Literature ADV -7189 GM46265 GM46287 TP -5373 TP -6087 Power Services Company ...the generator people NIXON POWER SERVICES 5901 GOSHEN SPRINGS ROAD NW SUITE G / NORCROSS, GA 30071 P: 770 -448 -6687 T: 800 - 586 -4966 F: 770-448 -6535 Job Name: HDE001 -015 (All) 80A ATS Offer: K300224048 Version 4.0 Page 1 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 3 Pole, 4 Wire, Solid Neutral, 0080 Amps, Kohler automatic transfer switch, Model MODELK1, rated 480, 60Hz, complete with all standard equipment and housed in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure. Configuration Qty Description 15 KSS - DMTA -0080S 15 Warranty, 1 Year Standard 15 CSA Certification, Non - Bypass 15 Lit Kit, ATS Overhaul, KSS /KSP 15 Warranty - ATS, 5 Year Comprehensive KOHLERPOWER SYSTEMS Transfer Switch Standard Features • UL 1008 listed at 480 VAC file # E58962 (automatic), # E86894 (nonautomatic) • CSA certification available • Available with either automatic or non - automatic control • Available in 2, 3, or 4 pole configurations • High withstand /closing ratings, for use with specific breakers only • Electrically operated, mechanically held mechanism • Double- throw, mechanically interlocked design (break- before- make power contacts) • Enclosed arc chambers with arc chutes • Standard - transition model KSS and programmed- transition KSP model available • Silver tungsten alloy contacts on 400 -600 amp models (Model KSS) • Silver alloy main contacts (Model KSP) • Front - accessible contacts for easy inspection • Programmed- transition operation provides a center OFF position that allows residual voltages in the load circuits to decay (Model KSP) • Main shaft auxiliary position- indicating contacts, one set Normal and one set Emergency MPAC® 1500 Controller Standard Features • Microprocessor -based controller • Environmentally sealed user interface • LCD display, 4 lines x 20 characters, backlit • Dynamic function keypad with tactile feedback pushbuttons allows complete programming and viewing capability at the door • LED indicators: Source available, transfer switch position, service required (fault), and "not in auto" • Broadrange voltage sensing (208 -600 VAC) on all phases • Phase -to -phase sensing and monitoring with 0.5% accuracy on both sources • Frequency sensing with 0.5% accuracy on both sources • Anti - single phasing protection • Phase rotation sensing for three -phase systems • Real -time clock with battery backup and automatic adjust for daylight saving time and leap year • Time - stamped event log • Fail -safe transfer for loaded test and exercise functions • DIP switches: password disable and maintenance • Modbus® RTU and Modbus® TCP /IP protocols • (Modbus® register map available) • RJ45 connector for 10/100 ethernet connection • USB port with read/write compatibility • Isolated RS-485 ports • One -year limited warranty Programmable Features • Programming and monitoring methods: Monitoring and password - protected programming at the o door using the keypad and display ° Program and monitor using a PC with Monitor III integrated generator set and ATS monitoring software o Transfer files through the USB port • System voltage and frequency • Voltage unbalance • Over /undervoltage and over /underfrequency for all phases of the normal and emergency sources • Time delays • Load /no load /auto -load test and load /no -load exercise functions • Programmable inputs and outputs • Load control outputs (load stepping) • Selectable operating modes: utility- generator, generator - generator, or utility- utility • Load bank control for exercise or test • Pre /post- transfer, nine individual time delays for selected loads • ABC /BAC /none phase rotation selection with error detection • Resettable historical data • In -phase monitor • Password protection, three security levels KSS- DMTA- 0080S, continued User Interface LED Indicators • Contactor position: source N and source E • Source available: source N and source E • Service required (fault indication) • Not in automatic mode LCD Display • System status • Line -to -line voltage • Line -to- neutral voltage • Active time delays • Source frequency • Preferred source selection • System settings • Common alarms • Load current, each phase (requires optional current transformers) • Inputs and outputs • Faults • Time /date • Address • Event history • Maintenance records • Exerciser schedule • Exerciser mode • Time remaining on active exercise Dynamic Function Tactile Keypad Operations • Scroll up /down /forward /back • Increase /decrease /save settings • End time delay • Start/end test • Reset fault • Lamp test Main Logic Board Inputs and Outputs • Two (2) programmable inputs • Two (2) programmable outputs, isolated form C (SPDT) contacts rated 1 amp @ 30 VDC, 500 mA @120 VAC DIP Switches • Maintenance mode • Password disable Event History View up to 99 time and date - stamped events on the display or on a personal computer equipped with optional Monitor III software. Download up to 2000 events with Monitor III software or download complete event history file to a PC or a memory device connected to the USB port. Communications • USB port with read/write capability • Isolated RS -485 ports • RJ-45 connector for 10/100 ethernet connection • Modbus® RTU and Modbus® TCP /IP protocols (Modbus® register map available) • USB Port. Upload or download files from a PC or a memory device through the USB port. • Application software • Event history files • Language files • Parameter settings • Usage reports • Feature configuration Programmable Features • System voltage, 208 600 VAC * • System frequency, 50/60 Hz • Single /three -phase operation * • Standard /programmed- transition operation * • Preferred source selection • Phase rotation: ABC /BAC /none selection with error detection • Voltage and frequency pickup and dropout settings • Voltage unbalance, enable /disable • In -phase monitor: enable /disable and phase angle • Transfer commit/no commit • Source /source mode: utility/gen, gen /gen, utility/utility • Passwords, system and test • Time, date, automatic daylight saving time enable /disable • Time delays (see table) • Exerciser: calendar mode, loaded /unloaded up to 21 events • Test: load /no -load /auto load (1 60 minutes) • Automatic override on generator failure (loaded test and exercise) • External test: loaded /unloaded • Peak shave delay enable /disable • Current monitoring (requires optional current transformers) • Pre /post- transfer, nine individual time delays for selected loads • Resettable historical data • System parameters factory-set per order. Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric. KSS- DMTA- 0080S, continued Programmable Inputs • External time delay input • External battery fault • External common fault • Inhibit transfer • Load shed to force transfer to OFF (programmed- transition models only; requires optional load shed kit) • Peak shave /area protection input • External test • Three - source system disable • Bypass disable Programmable Outputs • Chicago alarm control • Common alarm events • Contactor position • Exercise active • Failure to acquire standby source • Failure to transfer • Generator engine start, source N and E • I/O module faults • Load bank control • Load control active (pre /post transfer delay, up to 9 outputs) • Loss of phase fault, source N and E • External battery fault • Non- emergency transfer • Not in automatic mode • Over / underfrequency faults, source N and E (generator) • Over /undervoltage faults, source N and E • Peak shave /area protection active • Phase rotation error, source N and E • Preferred source supplying load • Software- controlled relay outputs (four maximum) • Source available, preferred and standby • Standby source supplying load • Synchronizing output • Test active • Transfer switch auxiliary contact fault • Transfer switch auxiliary contact open • Voltage unbalance Voltage and Frequency Sensing Parameter Default Adjustment Range Undervoltage dropout 90% of pickup 75 % -98% Undervoltage pickup 90% of nominal 85% -100% Overvoltage dropout' 115% of nominal' 106% -135% Overvoltage pickup 95% of dropout 95% -100% Unbalance enable Disable Enable /Disable Unbalance dropout 20% 5 % -20% Unbalance pickup 10% 3 % -18% Voltage dropout time 0.5 sec. 0.1 -9.9 sec. Underfrequency dropout 99% of pickup 95 % -99% Underfrequency pickup 90% of nominal 80 % -95% Overfrequency dropout 101% of pickup 101% -115% Overfrequency pickup 110% of nominal 105 % -120% Frequency dropout time 3 sec. 0.1 -15 sec. • 690 volts, maximum. Default = 110% for 600 volt applications. Adjustable Time Delays Time Delays Default Adjustment Range Emergency source engine start 3 sec. 0 -6 sec. Normal source engine start (gen/ gen mode) 0 sec. 0 -60 min. t Emergency source engine cooldown 5 sec. Normal source engine cooldown (gen /gen mode) 2 sec. Failure to acquire standby source 1 min. Preferred to standby 1 sec. Standby to preferred 15 min. Pretransfer to preferred signal b sec. Post - transfer to preferred signal 0 sec. Pretransfer to standby signal 0 sec. Post- transfer to standby signal 0 sec. Failure to synchronize 1 min. Off (preferred to standby, programmed- transition only) 1 sec. Off (standby to preferred, programmed- transition only) 1 sec. Auto load test duration 30 min. 1 -60 min. $ 1-Adjustable in 1 second increments. Engine start can be extended to 60 minutes with an External Battery Supply Module Kit. $1 minute increments. KSS- DMTA- 0080S, continued Application Data Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature -20 °C to 70 °C (-4 °F to 158 °F) Storage Temperature -40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F) Humidity 5% to 95% noncondensing Input and Output Connection Specifications Component Wire Size Range Main board I/O terminals #12 -24 AWG I/O module terminals #14-24 AWG UL- Listed Solderless Screw -Type Terminals for External Power Connections Normal, Emergency, and Load Terminals Switch Rating, Amps Cables per Pole Max Number of Cables per Pole Range of Wire Sizes Copper or Aluminum 0080 1 1 #8 to 3/0 AWG Use 60 °C minimum wire for #14 to #1 AWG. Use 75 °C minimum wire for 1/0 AWG and larger. Codes and Standards • The ATS meets or exceeds the requirements of the following specifications: • Underwriters Laboratories UL 508, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment • Underwriters Laboratories UL 1008, Standard for Automatic Transfer Switches for Use in Emergency Standby Systems file # E58962 (automatic), # E86894 (nonautomatic) • CSA C22.2 No. 178 certification at 600 VAC available,file # LR58301 • NFPA 70, National Electrical Code • NFPA 99, Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities • NFPA 110, Emergency and Standby Power Systems • IEEE Standard 446, IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications • NEMA Standard IC10 -1993 (formerly ICS2 -447), AC Automatic Transfer Switches • EN61000 -4-4 Fast Transient Immunity Severity Level 4 • IEC 60947 -6 -1, Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear; Multifunction Equipment; Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment • EN61000 -4 -5 Surge Immunity Class 4 (voltage sensing and programmable inputs only) o IEC Specifications for EMI /EMC Immunity: o CISPR 11, Radiated Emissions o IEC 1000 -4 -2, Electrostatic Discharge o IEC 1000 -4 -3, Radiated Electromagnetic Fields o IEC 1000 -44, Electrical Fast Transients (Bursts) o IEC 1000 -4 -5, Surge Voltage o IEC 1000 -4 -6, Conducted RF Disturbances o IEC 1000 -4 -8, Magnetic Fields o IEC 1000 -4 -11, Voltage Dips and Interruptions Contacts Resistive Load Inductive Load Motor Load, NC Motor Load, NO 1 Engine Start Contacts 2 A@ 30 VDC N/A N/A N/A Auxiliary Contacts 15 A @ 250 VAC N/A N/A N/A Weights Weights are shown for transfer switches in NEMA type 1 enclosures, type 3R enclosures, and open units. Consult the factory for NEMA type 12, 4, and 4X enclosures. Weights are provided for reference only and should not be used for planning installation. See your local distributor for submittal drawings. Amps Nema Type Weight kg (lb.) 80 NEMA 1 30 (65) KSS- DMTA- 0080S, continued Withstand / Close -On Ratings (WCR) Standard Transition Model The transfer switch is rated for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than the RMS symmetrical amperes listed at 480 volts maximum, but no greater than the interrupting capacity of the selected circuit breaker. Circuit breakers are supplied by the customer. All WCR values are available symmetrical RMS amperes and tested in accordance with the withstand /closing requirements of UL 1008. Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all classes of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Ratings with Specific Manufacturer's Circuit Breaker Withstand /closing ratings (WCR) in RMS symmetrical amperes for specific manufacturers' circuit breakers. Certified Withstand /Closing Current Ratings in RMS Symmetric Amperes Switch Rating, amps Current Limiting Fuse Specific Coordinated Breaker Rattings Switch Rating, amps Maximum Fuse Size, amps Fuse Class Maximum Amps *Maximum Voltage *Maximum Circuit Breaker Size, amps *Maximum Amps 0080 100 J 200000 480 V /60 Hz 400 30000 Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all classes of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all classes of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Ratings with Specific Manufacturer's Circuit Breaker Withstand /closing ratings (WCR) in RMS symmetrical amperes for specific manufacturers' circuit breakers. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker Switch Rating, amps WCR, amps RMS Voltage, Max. Manufacturer Type Max. Size, amps 80 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer FDC, HFD 150 80 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer HJD, JDC 250 80 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer HKD, KD, KDB, KDC, LA TRI -PAC, LCL 400 80 30000 480 Square D FC, Fl 100 80 30000 480 Square D KC, KH, KI 250 80 30000 480 Square D LA, LC, LE, LH, LI, LX, LXI 400 80 30000 480 Siemens CEDE, HED4, HED6 125 80 30000 480 Siemens CFD6, FD6, FXD6, HFD6 250 80 30000 480 Siemens CJD6, HJD6, HHJD6, HHJXD6, JD6, JXD6, SCJD6, SHJD6, SJD6 400 80 30000 480 GE TB1 100 80 30000 480 GE SEL, SEP, TEL, THLC1 150 80 30000 480 GE TFL, THLC2 225 80 30000 480 GE SFL, SFP 250 80 30000 480 GE SGL4, SGP4, TB4, THJK4, THLC4, TJJ, TJK4, TLB4 400 80 30000 480 GE KSS- DMTA- 0080S, continued Accessories Accessories are available either factory- installed or as loose kits, unless otherwise noted. Warranty CSA Certification • Warranty-5 -year comprehensive Warranty • Warranty-1 -year KSS- DMTA- 0080S, continued Model Designation Model Mechanism Transition Controls Voltage Poles Enclosure I .1111 1 I IDI 1 I1EI 1 I ICI I A A. Current Rating Miscellaneous Is Ii ii Record the transfer switch model designat on in the boxes. The transfer switch model designation defines characteristics and ratings as explained below. Sample Model Designation: KSP- DCTA -0100S Model K Kohler Transfer Switch Mechanism S: Specific - Breaker Rated Transitllon S: Standard P: Programmed Controls D: MPAC'" 1500 Microprocessor Controls; Automatic F: MPAC'" 1500 Microprocessor Controls, Non - Automatic Voltage/Frequency C 208 Volts= Hz D: 220 Volts/50 Hz F 240 Volts/60 Hz G: 380.Voits /50 Hz H: 400 Volts /50 Hz J: 416 Volts /50 Hz K 440 Volts/60 Hz M: 480 Volts /60 Hz P: 380 Volts/60 Hz R: 220 Volts /60 Hz 'Number of Poles/Wires N:: 2.-pole, 3 -wire; solid neutral T: 3 -pale; 4 -wire, solid neutral V: 4 -pole, 4 -wire, switched neutral Enclosure A NEMA 1t B: NEMA 12 C: NEMA 3R D: NEMA 4 F: NEMA 4X G: Open unit # NEMA 1 enclosure standard. Other types available to order. Current Rating: Numbers indicate the current rating of the switch in amperes: 0040 0080 0100 0150 3 0200 0225 # 0260 # 0400 0600 3 Standard - transition models only. Miscellaneous S: Standard Connections W 8 I 7 C 0 0 0 0 B - 450 [17.7] �A NOTE: ALLOW FOR MINIMUM DOOR SWING CLEARANCE OF 508 [20.0] IN FRONT OF CABINET, R► BATTERY CHARGER (OPTIONAL) Lel MODEL K1 MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R SECTION B-B RECOMMENDED ENTRANCE AREA TOP & BOTTOM NEUTRAL (2 & 3 POLE UNITS ONLY) EQUIPMENT GROUND DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE INCHES. FINISH: ANSI 49 GRAY. REFER TO OPERATOR'S MANUAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF UNIT. REV DATE 2-13-06 A 2-14 -08 REVISION 8Y INNERS OTHERWISE SPEC ITIEO • KOHLER Co I METRIC I PRO -E NEW DRAWING [768421 WSD :I TOLERANCES ARE II LL !METERS (0 -2) EQUIPMENT GROUND NOTE ADDED; (83093] BTW THIS SYSTEMS. DESIGN AND 53044 U.S.A. SIRTACE TINISN PROS RTYW IND IN TE NITS END DE i EXC IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST KOHLER BE USED WORK. RI / MAX. CONNECTION WITH IOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF v DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. TNl iiciwo.0 APPROVALS DATE f T DIMENSION PRINT Pun WSD 2 13 06 CAA.c NONE I CA. .r 2 `N" "O WSD 2 13 06 AJH 2-13 -06 ADV -7189 ❑ •PMRI 6 5 t 4 3 2 D B A A 8 7 6 1 5 4 3 2 ENGINE START TERMINALS 4X 012.7 [.501 241 [9.5] Aft gIOIO 73 [2.9) 305 [12.0] A SCREW TYPE TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION SWITCH RATING (AMPS) RANGE OF WIRE SIZES CONTACTOR (PER PHASE) NEUTRAL (2 8 3 POLE) GROUND 40-150 (I) #8 TO 3/0 (3) #6 -3/0 200 -225 (I) #6 TO 250 KCMIL (3) #4 -600 KCMIL OR (6) I/0-250 KCMIL (3) #6 -3/0 PIN- LOAD NORMAL AUXILIARY CONTACTS EMERGENCY MODEL K1 MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R SECTION A -A REV DATE REVISION 2-13-06 NEW DRAWING [168421 BY WSD A 2 -14 -08 (A-7) NEUTRAL UPDATED; (A -6) (3) 116 -3/0 KCMIL WAS 614 TO I/O; (A -7) 4X 012.7 [.SO) WAS $10 (.4) (4); [830931 8TW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED • II DIMENSIONS ARE IM MILLIMETERS PI TOLERANCES ARE: SURFACE FINISH MAX. iMNOMI[C . KOHLER Co I METRIC I PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S, A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. APPROVALS DATE WSD 2 13 06 TITLE DIMENSION PRINT EwuLW WSD 2 13 06 A..MOMO AJH 2 -13 -06 0,00E NONE I aR w. NMM ND. ILMEET2 of 2 ADV -7189 D 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 D C B A WEIGHTS KG (LBS) 2 POLE 3 POLE 4 POLE 28 (62) 30 (65) 31 (68) 241 [9.5] Aft gIOIO 73 [2.9) 305 [12.0] A SCREW TYPE TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION SWITCH RATING (AMPS) RANGE OF WIRE SIZES CONTACTOR (PER PHASE) NEUTRAL (2 8 3 POLE) GROUND 40-150 (I) #8 TO 3/0 (3) #6 -3/0 200 -225 (I) #6 TO 250 KCMIL (3) #4 -600 KCMIL OR (6) I/0-250 KCMIL (3) #6 -3/0 PIN- LOAD NORMAL AUXILIARY CONTACTS EMERGENCY MODEL K1 MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R SECTION A -A REV DATE REVISION 2-13-06 NEW DRAWING [168421 BY WSD A 2 -14 -08 (A-7) NEUTRAL UPDATED; (A -6) (3) 116 -3/0 KCMIL WAS 614 TO I/O; (A -7) 4X 012.7 [.SO) WAS $10 (.4) (4); [830931 8TW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED • II DIMENSIONS ARE IM MILLIMETERS PI TOLERANCES ARE: SURFACE FINISH MAX. iMNOMI[C . KOHLER Co I METRIC I PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER, WI 53044 U.S, A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO. PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. APPROVALS DATE WSD 2 13 06 TITLE DIMENSION PRINT EwuLW WSD 2 13 06 A..MOMO AJH 2 -13 -06 0,00E NONE I aR w. NMM ND. ILMEET2 of 2 ADV -7189 D 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 D C B A 8 • 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 LC UIF ETHERNET P12 U58 P1 P14 TB2 LB PROGRAMMABLE INPUT 1 PROGRAMMABLE OUTPUT 1 PROGRAMMABLE INPUT 2 }PROGRAMMABLE OUTPUT 2 M008US_RS413S_BI(+) MODBUS_RS485_A I (-) ODBUS_RSN55_B2(+) ODBUS_RS485_A2( -) MODBUS_RS485_131(a) MODBUS_R5485_AI( -) MODBUS_RS40.5_82(4) 400BU5 R0485..A2( ) SW, PASSWORD MAINTENANCE SPARE SPARE 2 3 4 P10 PSB P1 9 • P1 B • P1 10 • P1 13 I P1 14 4 K1 K2 P1 -16 H II CONTACTOR lYK2 P1 -1 P1 -74 P1 184 P1 84 P1 234 P1 -2 TO EMERGENCY SOURCE r 1 EN EC SCE C NO P1 -S KI —I I K1 P1 -24 4 P1 -21 • P1 -20 • P1 -19 • TS _ TS _ TS _ P1 12 • P1 -11 • P1 4 • P1 -22 • P1 -15 TS TS ,Y TSX 1 TO LOAD SCN NN NC NB LNA) 70 O NORMAL SOURCE P1 -3 NO NO SN H` SE— IC POSITIO ENG NE START AUXIWARY CONTACTS 154, 250VAC MODEL K1 40 -260 AMP OPEN TRANSITION SERIES RATED FOR WIRING DIAGRAM SEE GM46287 PRI Ittlets -04-011 Nrr IIRAf'IIC (TWAZ) On FGENQ A3, A4 - AUXILLIARY CONTATCTS BR - BRIDGE RECTIFIER CITE - TRANSFER COIL (NORMAL/EMERGENCY) LCD - LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY 41.0 - MAIN LOGIC BOARD P(j) - PLUG PSG - POWER SUPPLY BOARD SCE - COIL CLEARING CONTACC EMERGENCY) SCN - COIL CLEARING CONTACT NORMAL SE - SWITCH POSITION CONTACT (EMERGENCY POSITION) SN - SWITCH POSTDON CONTACT (NORMAL POSITION) SW( /) - DIP SWITCH TB1 CUSTOMER CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCK TB2 - AUXILIARY TERMINAL BLOCK T5 - TRANSFER SWITCH UIF - USER INTERFACE NOTE: DIAGRAM SHOWN WITH 'NORMAL' ENERGIZED AND CONTACTOR IN THE NORMAL POSITION. As soma= v•wo • �4 to. now KONLER CQ IMO PPM WARM IR MR Mt. ArrAwAu Row 0a 1 -PI -OR i-0.�e asa DIAGRAM, SCHEMATIC "•" /// " suAnc.PA9 P. 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 "`" GM46265 I Dy ) D B A D C A 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ENCLOSURE LB LC 2 LOAD NC 1 NN NORMAL I SCN 12- SCE -° 7 782 3 14 ENGINE START T' I I (J I 8 EC EN EMERGENCY OPTIONAL NEUTRAL CONFIGURATIONS NONE SWITCHED SE 10 I SN ENO o A4 A3 NO LI LP C O NC NC A4 A3 NO NO O-I I-I V-. E E pP�J NC NC A4 A3 NO NO o-) C C I--O NC NC AN AS NO NO O-( F- C C o-4 o NC NC o-}f- P Jj INDICATION AUXIUJARY CONTACTS (STANDARD) AUXIUJARY CONTACTS (OPTIONAL) RIGHT SIDE WALL DOOR TO 0PIOHAL /0 MORTAES 111001EI eo=sf oQOCo Cu510MER T82 \ P15 CONNECTIONS 791 1-1.117- r UIF I -"'7� rC0 DISPLAY 1..1 `L = Jj P1 •s •= It «STouER CONNECMHS 6A71 P10 P14 P120LOB P3 CuRRENT SENSING P1 P4 EOM 21 t�...j713 CVO 2226E 1♦ 100c6 23 V219218 11107 33 244 zo la 1z CB C5 8 7 6 I 5 J1 Hn 1 -10-011 04R0A1 paa) GRs I TF.FHO A3. 4.4 - AUXILIARY ARY CONTACTS BATT 6ATIERY. 4.1V (THM- 1550 /NP) BR - BRIDGE RECTIFIER ENE TRANSFER COIL (NORWLL /EMERGENCY) CONNECTOR (JACK) v CONNECTOR (PLUG) SCE COIL CLEARING CONTACT EMERGENCY) SCN COIL CLEARING CONTACT NOR SE - SWITCH POSITION CONTACT ( R POSITON) EN (- )SWITCH 000010N CONTACT NORMAL POSITION) - DIP SWITCH 113(#) - TERMINAL BLOCK TS - TRANSFER SWITCH UIF - USER INTERFACE J1 CONNECTIONS (CONTACTOR TO MAIN LOGIC KURD) 1 1 (SCE -NO) 13 13 (SE -NO) 2 2 (BR -ACT) 14 IN (SN -NO) 3 3 (SCN -NO) 15 15 (15 -NC) 4 4 (T5 -NC) 15 10 (15 -EC) 5 5 (BR -AC2) 17 N/C 6 6 (TS -EC) to 15 (TS -EB) 7 7 (75 -EA) 19 I9 (TS -LA) 8 8 (182 -3) 20 20 (T5 -L8) 9 9 (182 -4) 21 21 (TS -LC) 10 10 (sE -C) 22 22 (TS -NN) 11 11 (13-08) 23 23 (TS -EN) 12 12 (TS -NA) 24 24 (TS -IN) MODEL K1 40 -260 AMP OPEN TRANSITION SERIES RATED FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM SEE 0M46265 RRrt11 N C A- iH. ao AM ean 1 -10-011 1 -10-6 "` DIAGRAM, WIRING IFINNO 1_10.01 4 3 2 r p0113E1.0IG 1 I -1 GM 46287 I DE 0 C B A 0 p C Co - - Transfer Switch and Bypass Isolation Transfer Switch One -Year Limited Warranty Your Kohler product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original consumer, Kohler Co. warrants, for the period indicated below, each product to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. Repair, replacement, or appropriate adjustment at Kohler Co.'s option will be furnished if the product, upon Kohler Co.'s inspection, is found to be properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with Kohler Co.'s instruction manuals. A Kohler distributor, dealer, or authorized representative must perform startup. This warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, repair or service by unauthorized persons, or normal wear and tear. Kohler Product Warranty Coverage* Transfer Switch and Bypass Isolation Switch One (1) year from date of startup *Some restrictions may apply. Contact your Kohler distributor /dealer for full details. The following will not be covered by the warranty: 1. Normal wear, periodic service, and routine adjustments. 2. Damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative, or improper storage. 3. Damage caused by operation above or below rated capacity, voltage, or frequency; modifications; or installation contrary to published specifications, codes, recommendations, and accepted industry practices. 4. Original installation charges and startup costs. 5. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as: a. Failure to provide a clean, dry environment. b. Failure to perform recommended exercising. c. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as prescribed in supplied manuals. d. Use of other than factory- supplied or -approved repair parts and /or procedures. 6. Rental of equipment during performance of warranty repairs. 7. Non - Kohler- authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the Kohler Co. Warranty Department. 8. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective Kohler materials or workmanship. 9. Maintenance items such as fuses, lamps, and adjustments. A Startup Notification form must be on file at Kohler Co. A Startup Notification form must be completed by Seller and received at Kohler Co. within 60 days after the date of initial startup. Standby systems not registered within 60 days of startup will automatically be registered by Kohler Co. using the Kohler Co. ship date as the startup date. To obtain warranty service, call 1- 800 -544 -2444 for your nearest authorized Kohler service representative, or write Kohler Co., Generator Service Department, Kohler, WI 53044 USA. KOHLER CO. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, or transportation charges in connection with the replacement or repair of defective parts. This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty nor is anyone authorized to make any on our behalf. ANY IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURPOSE, is expressly limited to the duration of this warranty. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. KOHLER® POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920 - 565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 -544 -2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com TP -5373 12/99d Extended Five -Year Comprehensive Transfer Switch Limited Warranty This Kohler product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original purchaser, Kohler Co. warrants for five years that the system will be free from defects in material and workmanship if properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with Kohler Co. instruction manuals. A Kohler distributor, dealer, or authorized representative must perform startup. This warranty is not effective unless a proper extended warranty registration form and warranty fee have been sent to Kohler Co. within one year of supervised startup. During the warranty period, repair or replacement at Kohler Co.'s option will be furnished free of charge for parts, provided an inspection to Kohler Co.'s satisfaction discloses a defect in material and workmanship, and provided that the part or parts are returned to Kohler Co. or an authorized service station, if requested. This extended warranty expires five full years after date of startup. This warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, or normal wear and tear while in your possession. The following will not be covered by the warranty: 1. Normal wear, periodic service, and routine adjustments. 2. Damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative, or improper storage. 3. Damage caused by operation above or below rated capacity, voltage, or frequency; modifications; or installation contrary to published specifications, codes, recommendations, and accepted industry practices. 4. Original installation charges and startup costs. 5. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as: a Failure to provide a clean, dry environment. b. Failure to perform recommended exercising. c. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as prescribed in supplied manuals. d. Use of other than factory- supplied or - approved repair parts and /or procedures. 6. Rental of equipment during performance of warranty repairs. 7. Non - Kohler- authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the Kohler Co. Warranty Department. 8. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective Kohler materials or workmanship. 9. Maintenance items such as fuses, lamps, and adjustments. 10. Transfer switch main contacts. A Startup Notification form must be on file at Kohler Co. A Startup Notification form must be completed by Seller and received at Kohler Co. within 60 days after the date of initial startup. Product not registered within 60 days of startup will automatically be registered by Kohler Co. using the Kohler Co. ship date as the startup date. To obtain warranty service, call 1- 800 - 544 -2444 for your nearest authorized Kohler service representative or write Kohler Co., Generator Service Department, Kohler, WI 53044 USA. KOHLER CO. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, or transportation charges in connection with the replacement or repair of defective parts. This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty, nor is anyone authorized to make any on our behalf. ANY IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURPOSE, is expressly limited to the duration of this warranty. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. KOHLER. POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920 - 565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 - 544 -2444 Ko h l e r P owe rS y ste m s. co m TP -6087 2/00b KOHLER POWER SYSTEMS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Quote Model KSS- DMTA -0150S Spec Sheets Dimensional Drawings Wiring Schematic Diagrams Warranty Sub - Section Transfer Switch Transfer Switch Transfer Switch Warranty Warranty Literature ADV -7189 GM46265 GM46287 TP -5373 TP -6087 NINON Power Services Company . -.the generator people NIXON POWER SERVICES 5901 GOSHEN SPRINGS ROAD NW SUITE G / NORCROSS, GA 30071 P: 770 - 448 -6687 T: 800 - 586 -4966 F: 770 -448 -6535 Job Name: HDE001 - 015 (All) 150A ATS Offer: K300224058 Version 4.0 Page 1 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 3 Pole, 4 Wire, Solid Neutral, 0150 Amps, Kohler automatic transfer switch, Model MODELK1, rated 480, 60Hz, complete with all standard equipment and housed in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure. Configuration Qty Description 17 KSS - DMTA -0150S 17 Warranty, 1 Year Standard 17 CSA Certification, Non - Bypass 17 Lit Kit, ATS Overhaul, KSS /KSP 17 Warranty - ATS, 5 Year Comprehensive KOHLERLPOWER SYSTEMS X9001 IHATIONAM REGISTERED Transfer Switch Standard Features • UL 1008 listed at 480 VAC file # E58962 (automatic), # E86894 (nonautomatic) • CSA certification available • Available with either automatic or non - automatic control • Available in 2, 3, or 4 pole configurations • High withstand /closing ratings, for use with specific breakers only • Electrically operated, mechanically held mechanism • Double- throw, mechanically interlocked design (break- before- make power contacts) • Enclosed arc chambers with arc chutes • Standard - transition model KSS and programmed- transition KSP model available • Silver tungsten alloy contacts on 400 -600 amp models (Model KSS) • Silver alloy main contacts (Model KSP) • Front - accessible contacts for easy inspection • Programmed- transition operation provides a center OFF position that allows residual voltages in the load circuits to decay (Model KSP) • Main shaft auxiliary position - indicating contacts, one set Normal and one set Emergency MPAC® 1500 Controller Standard Features • Microprocessor -based controller • Environmentally sealed user interface • LCD display, 4 lines x 20 characters, backlit • Dynamic function keypad with tactile feedback pushbuttons allows complete programming and viewing capability at the door • LED indicators: Source available, transfer switch position, service required (fault), and "not in auto" • Broadrange voltage sensing (208 -600 VAC) on all phases • Phase -to -phase sensing and monitoring with 0.5% accuracy on both sources • Frequency sensing with 0.5% accuracy on both sources • Anti - single phasing protection • Phase rotation sensing for three -phase systems • Real -time clock with battery backup and automatic adjust for daylight saving time and leap year • Time - stamped event log • Fail -safe transfer for loaded test and exercise functions • DIP switches: password disable and maintenance • Modbus® RTU and Modbus® TCP /IP protocols • (Modbus® register map available) • RJ45 connector for 10/100 ethernet connection • USB port with read /write compatibility • Isolated RS-485 ports • One -year limited warranty Programmable Features • Programming and monitoring methods: Monitoring and password - protected programming at the o door using the keypad and display Program and monitor using a PC with Monitor III integrated o generator set and ATS monitoring software o Transfer files through the USB port • System voltage and frequency • Voltage unbalance • Over /undervoltage and over /underfrequency for all phases of the normal and emergency sources • Time delays • Load /no load /auto-load test and load /no -load exercise functions • Programmable inputs and outputs • Load control outputs (load stepping) • Selectable operating modes: utility- generator, generator - generator, or utility- utility • Load bank control for exercise or test • Pre /post- transfer, nine individual time delays for selected loads • ABC /BAC /none phase rotation selection with error detection • Resettable historical data • In -phase monitor • Password protection, three security levels KSS- DMTA- 0150S, continued User Interface LED Indicators • Contactor position: source N and source E • Source available: source N and source E • Service required (fault indication) • Not in automatic mode LCD Display • System status • Line -to -line voltage • Line -to- neutral voltage • Active time delays • Source frequency • Preferred source selection • System settings • Common alarms • Load current, each phase (requires optional current transformers) • Inputs and outputs • Faults • Time /date • Address • Event history • Maintenance records • Exerciser schedule • Exerciser mode • Time remaining on active exercise Dynamic Function Tactile Keypad Operations • Scroll up /down /forward /back • Increase /decrease /save settings • End time delay • Start/end test • Reset fault • Lamp test Main Logic Board Inputs and Outputs • Two (2) programmable inputs • Two (2) programmable outputs, isolated form C (SPDT) contacts rated 1 amp @ 30 VDC, 500 mA @120 VAC DIP Switches • Maintenance mode • Password disable Event History View up to 99 time and date - stamped events on the display or on a personal computer equipped with optional Monitor III software. Download up to 2000 events with Monitor III software or download complete event history file to a PC or a memory device connected to the USB port. Communications • USB port with read /write capability • Isolated RS-485 ports • RJ-45 connector for 10/100 ethernet connection • Modbus® RTU and Modbus® TCP /IP protocols (Modbus® register map available) • USB Port. Upload or download files from a PC or a memory device through the USB port. • Application software • Event history files • Language files • Parameter settings • Usage reports • Feature configuration Programmable Features • System voltage, 208 600 VAC * • System frequency, 50/60 Hz * • Single /three -phase operation * • Standard /programmed- transition operation * • Preferred source selection • Phase rotation: ABC /BAC /none selection with error detection • Voltage and frequency pickup and dropout settings • Voltage unbalance, enable /disable • In -phase monitor: enable /disable and phase angle • Transfer commit/no commit • Source /source mode: utility/gen, gen /gen, utility/utility • Passwords, system and test • Time, date, automatic daylight saving time enable /disable • Time delays (see table) • Exerciser: calendar mode, loaded /unloaded up to 21 events • Test: load /no -load /auto load (1 60 minutes) • Automatic override on generator failure (loaded test and exercise) • External test: loaded /unloaded • Peak shave delay enable /disable • Current monitoring (requires optional current transformers) • Pre /post- transfer, nine individual time delays for selected loads • Resettable historical data System parameters factory-set per order. Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric. KSS- DMTA- 0150S, continued Programmable Inputs • External time delay input • External battery fault • External common fault • Inhibit transfer • Load shed to force transfer to OFF (programmed- transition models only; requires optional load shed kit) • Peak shave /area protection input • External test • Three - source system disable • Bypass disable Programmable Outputs • Chicago alarm control • Common alarm events • Contactor position • Exercise active • Failure to acquire standby source • Failure to transfer • Generator engine start, source N and E • I/O module faults • Load bank control • Load control active (pre /post transfer delay, up to 9 outputs) • Loss of phase fault, source N and E • External battery fault • Non - emergency transfer • Not in automatic mode • Over / underfrequency faults, source N and E (generator) • Over /undervoltage faults, source N and E • Peak shave /area protection active • Phase rotation error, source N and E • Preferred source supplying load • Software - controlled relay outputs (four maximum) • Source available, preferred and standby • Standby source supplying load • Synchronizing output • Test active • Transfer switch auxiliary contact fault • Transfer switch auxiliary contact open • Voltage unbalance Voltage and Frequency Sensing Parameter Default Adjustment Range 75 % -98% Undervoltage dropout 90% of pickup Undervoltage pickup 90% of nominal 85% -100% Overvoltage dropout • 115% of nominal` 106% -135% Overvoltage pickup 95% of dropout 95% -100% Unbalance enable Disable Enable /Disable Unbalance dropout 20% 5 % -20% Unbalance pickup 10% 3 % -18% Voltage dropout time 0.5 sec. 0.1 -9.9 sec. Underfrequency dropout 99% of pickup 95 % -99% Underfrequency pickup 90% of nominal 80 % -95% Overfrequency dropout 101% of pickup 101%-115% Overfrequency pickup 110% of nominal 105 % -120% Frequency dropout time 3 sec. 0.1 -15 sec. • 690 volts, maximum. Default = 110% for 600 volt applications. Adjustable Time Delays Time Delays Default Adjustment Range Emergency source engine start 3 sec. 0 -6 sec. Normal source engine start (gen/ gen mode) 0 sec. 0 -60 min. t Emergency source engine cooldown 5 sec. Normal source engine cooldown (gen /gen mode) 2 sec. Failure to acquire standby source 1 min. Preferred to standby 1 sec. Standby to preferred 15 min. Pretransfer to preferred signal 0 sec. Post - transfer to preferred signal 0 sec. Pretransfer to standby signal 0 sec. Post - transfer to standby signal 0 sec. Failure to synchronize 1 min. Off (preferred to standby, programmed- transition only) 1 sec. Off (standby to preferred, programmed- transition only) 1 sec. Auto load test duration 30 min. 1 -60 min. $ tAdjustable in 1 second increments. Engine start can be extended to 60 minutes with an External Battery Supply Module Kit. $1 minute increments. KSS- DMTA- 0150S, continued Application Data Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature -20 °C to 70 °C (-4 °F to 158 °F) Storage Temperature -40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F) Humidity 5% to 95% noncondensing Input and Output Connection Specifications Component Wire Size Range Main board I/O terminals #12 -24 AWG I/O module terminals #14 -24 AWG UL- Listed Solderless Screw -Type Terminals for External Power Connections Normal, Emergency, and Load Terminals Switch Rating, Amps Cables per Pole Max Number of Cables per Pole Range of Wire Sizes Copper or Aluminum 0150 1 1 #8 to 3/0 AWG Use 60 °C minimum wire for #14 to #1 AWG. Use 75 °C minimum wire for 1/0 AWG and larger. Codes and Standards • The ATS meets or exceeds the requirements of the following specifications: • Underwriters Laboratories UL 508, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment • Underwriters Laboratories UL 1008, Standard for Automatic Transfer Switches for Use in Emergency Standby Systems file # E58962 (automatic), # E86894 (nonautomatic) • CSA C22.2 No. 178 certification at 600 VAC available,file # LR58301 • NFPA 70, National Electrical Code • NFPA 99, Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities • NFPA 110, Emergency and Standby Power Systems • IEEE Standard 446, IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications • NEMA Standard IC10 -1993 (formerly ICS2 -447), AC Automatic Transfer Switches • EN61000 -4-4 Fast Transient Immunity Severity Level 4 • IEC 60947 -6 -1, Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear; Multifunction Equipment; Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment • EN61000 -4-5 Surge Immunity Class 4 (voltage sensing and programmable inputs only) o IEC Specifications for EMI /EMC Immunity: o CISPR 11, Radiated Emissions o IEC 1000 -4 -2, Electrostatic Discharge o IEC 1000 -4 -3, Radiated Electromagnetic Fields o IEC 1000 -4-4, Electrical Fast Transients (Bursts) o IEC 1000 -4 -5, Surge Voltage o IEC 1000 -4 -6, Conducted RF Disturbances o IEC 1000 -4 -8, Magnetic Fields o IEC 1000 -4 -11, Voltage Dips and Interruptions Contacts Resistive Load Inductive Load Motor Load, NC Motor Load, NO Engine Start Contacts 2 A@ 30 VDC N/A N/A N/A Auxiliary Contacts 15 A @ 250 VAC N/A N/A N/A Weights Weights are shown for transfer switches in NEMA type 1 enclosures, type 3R enclosures, and open units. Consult the factory for NEMA type 12, 4, and 4X enclosures. Weights are provided for reference only and should not be used for planning installation. See your local distributor for submittal drawings. Amps Nema Type Weight kg (lb.) 150 NEMA 1 30 (65) KSS- DMTA- 0150S, continued Withstand / Close -On Ratings (WCR) Standard Transition Model The transfer switch is rated for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than the RMS symmetrical amperes listed at 480 volts maximum, but no greater than the interrupting capacity of the selected circuit breaker. Circuit breakers are supplied by the customer. All WCR values are available symmetrical RMS amperes and tested in accordance with the withstand /closing requirements of UL 1008. Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all classes of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Ratings with Specific Manufacturer's Circuit Breaker Withstand /closing ratings (WCR) in RMS symmetrical amperes for specific manufacturers' circuit breakers. Certified Withstand /Closing Current Ratings in RMS Symmetric Amperes WCR, amps RMS Current Limiting Fuse Specific Coordinated Breaker Rattings Switch Rating, amps Maximum Fuse Size, amps Fuse Class Maximum Amps *Maximum Voltage *Maximum Circuit Breaker Size, amps *Maximum Amps 0150 200 J 200000 480 V /60 Hz 400 30000 Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all dasses of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Suitable for emergency and standby applications on all classes of load, 30% tungsten rated on all amperages Ratings with Specific Manufacturer's Circuit Breaker Withstand /closing ratings (WCR) in RMS symmetrical amperes for specific manufacturers' circuit breakers. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker Switch Rating, amps WCR, amps RMS Voltage, Max. Manufacturer Type Max. Size, amps 150 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer FDC, HFD 150 150 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer HJD, JDC 250 150 30000 480 Cutler- Hammer HKD, KD, KDB, KDC, LA TRI -PAC, LCL 400 150 30000 480 Square D FC, Fl 100 150 30000 480 Square D KC, KH, KI 250 150 30000 480 Square D LA, LC, LE, LH, LI, LX, LXI 400 150 30000 480 Siemens CED6, HED4, HED6 125 150 30000 480 Siemens CFD6, FD6, FXD6, HFD6 250 150 30000 480 Siemens CJD6, HJD6, HHJD6, HHJXD6, JD6, JXD6, SCJD6, SHJD6, SJD6 400 150 30000 480 GE TB1 100 150 30000 480 GE SEL, SEP, TEL, THLC1 150 150 30000 480 GE TFL, THLC2 225 150 30000 480 GE SFL, SFP 250 150 30000 480 GE SGL4, SGP4, TB4, THJK4, THLC4, TJJ, TJK4, TLB4 400 150 30000 480 GE KSS- DMTA- 0150S, continued Accessories Accessories are available either factory- installed or as loose kits, unless otherwise noted. Warranty CSA Certification • Warranty -5 -year comprehensive Warranty • Warranty-1 -year KSS- DMTA- 0150S, continued Model Designation Model Mechanism Transition Controls Voltage Poles Enclosure Ill 4111 • l ICI ICI ICI 1 • A •. Current Rating MGM Miscellaneous • Inl Record the transfer switch model designation in the boxes: The transferswitch model designation defines characteristics and ratings as explained below. Sample Model Designation: KSP- DCTA -0100S Model K Kohler Transfer Switch Mechanism S: Specific- Breaker Rated Transition S: Standard P: Programmed Controls D: MPAC" 1500 Microprocessor Controls, Automatic F: MPAC" 1500 Microprocessor Controls, Non - Automatic Vottage/Frequency C: 208 Volts/60 Hz D: 220 Volts/50 Hz Fi 240 Volts /60 Hz G: 380 Volts /50 Hz H: 400 Volts /50 Hz J: 416 Volts /50 Hz K 440 Volts/60 Hz M: 480 Vofts/60 Hz P: 380 Volts/60 Hz R: 220 Volts/60 Hz Number of Poles/Wires N: 2 -pole, 3 -wire; solid neutral T: 3 -pole, 4 -wire; solid neutral V: 4 -pole, 4 -wire, switched neutral Enclosure NEMA B: NEMA 12 C: NEMA 3R D: NEMA 4 F: NEMA 4X G: Open unit # NEMA 1 endosure standard. Other types available to order. Current Rating: Numbers indicate the current rating of the switch in amperes: 0040# 0150.$ 0260 * 0080 * 0200 0400 0100 02254 0600 * Standard - transition models only. Miscellaneous S: Standard Connections - - •• 8 6 5 1 4 3 2 M 0' SECURITY COVER OPTIONAL ON NEMA I REQUIRED FOR NEMA 3R ACCESSORY MODULE (OPTIONAL) 8 LL: SECTION A -A 1 N UD M V PADLOCK HASP (SECURITY OPTION AND NEMA 3R ONLY) LOGIC DISCONNECT (OPTIONAL) C � roi 0 0 N ) Uo t 0 0 B� 450 [17.7] A NOTE: ALLOW FOR MINIMUM DOOR SWING CLEARANCE OF 508 [20.0] IN FRONT OF CABINET. BATTERY CHARGER (OPTIONAL) MODEL K1 MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R >) 000°0° 1 SECTION B-B RECOMMENDED ENTRANCE AREA TOP & BOTTOM NEUTRAL (2 & 3 POLE UNITS ONLY) EQUIIPMENT GROUND DIMENSIONS IN [ 1 ARE INCHES. FINISH: ANSI 49 GRAY. REFER TO OPERATOR'S MANUAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF UNIT. REV DATE REVISION 2 -13 -06 NEW DRAWING [16842] A 2-14 -08 (B -2) EQUIPMENT GROUND NOTE ADDED; [83093] BY WSD BTW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED • II DIMENSIONS ARE II MILLIMETERS EI TOLERANCES ARE: SURFACE FINISH MAX. Wo EcTT& APPROVALS'' DATE PNAA WSD EME�NER WSD 2 13 06 KOHLER Co I METRIC I PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS, KOHLER, WI 53044 J.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION' ARE RESERVED. tItLE DIMENSION PRINT 2 13 06 D IE NONE uU NU. 1 IDlEr I o f 2 "'""c° A J H' 2 -13 -06 DWG MO. ADV -7189 D 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 D C B A D C A ENGINE START TERMINALS Af-1 SCREW TYPE TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION SWITCH RATING (AMPS) RANGE OF WIRE SIZES CONTACTOR (PER PHASE) NEUTRAL (2 & 3 POLE) GROUND 40-150 (I) #8 TO 3/0 (3) #6 -3/0 200-225 (I) #6 TO 250 KCMIL (3) #4 -600 KCMIL OR (6) (/0-250 KCMIL (3) #6 -3/0 LOAD NORMAL AUXILIARY CONTACTS EMERGENCY MODEL K1 MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R SECTION A -A 0 CO N 0 J Q CC 0 O r LLJ CC N oo N REV DATE REVISION 2 -13 -06 NEW DRAWING (76842] BY WSD A 2 -14 -08 (A -7) NEUTRAL UPDATED; (A -6) (3) 116 -3/0 KCMIL WAS 614 TO I/O; (A -7) 4X 012.7 [.50] WAS 010 (.41 (4); [83093] BTW MESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIER II °JMENSIOMS ARE IN NILLIIRTERS it TOLERANCES ART. SURFACE FINISH MAX. iI10JECfW APPROVALS. DATE WSD 2 13 06 KOHLER Co I METRIC I PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER. WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. FITLE DIMENSION PRINT °°E°.L° WSD 2 13 06 KLLE NONE Ic.°w I 5"1L *2 of 2 u..aE° A J H 2-13-06 ADV -7189 D 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 D C B WEIGHTS KG (LBS) 2 POLE 3 POLE 4 POLE 28 (_62) 30 (65) 31 (68) SCREW TYPE TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION SWITCH RATING (AMPS) RANGE OF WIRE SIZES CONTACTOR (PER PHASE) NEUTRAL (2 & 3 POLE) GROUND 40-150 (I) #8 TO 3/0 (3) #6 -3/0 200-225 (I) #6 TO 250 KCMIL (3) #4 -600 KCMIL OR (6) (/0-250 KCMIL (3) #6 -3/0 LOAD NORMAL AUXILIARY CONTACTS EMERGENCY MODEL K1 MPAC LOGIC 40 -225A 2, 3 & 4 POLE STANDARD TRANSITION SPECIFIC BREAKER RATED STANDARD CONNECTION NEMA 1 & 3R SECTION A -A 0 CO N 0 J Q CC 0 O r LLJ CC N oo N REV DATE REVISION 2 -13 -06 NEW DRAWING (76842] BY WSD A 2 -14 -08 (A -7) NEUTRAL UPDATED; (A -6) (3) 116 -3/0 KCMIL WAS 614 TO I/O; (A -7) 4X 012.7 [.50] WAS 010 (.41 (4); [83093] BTW MESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIER II °JMENSIOMS ARE IN NILLIIRTERS it TOLERANCES ART. SURFACE FINISH MAX. iI10JECfW APPROVALS. DATE WSD 2 13 06 KOHLER Co I METRIC I PRO -E POWER SYSTEMS. KOHLER. WI 53044 U.S.A. THIS DRAWING IN DESIGN AND DETAIL IS KOHLER CO PROPERTY AND MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH KOHLER CO. WORK. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR INVENTION ARE RESERVED. FITLE DIMENSION PRINT °°E°.L° WSD 2 13 06 KLLE NONE Ic.°w I 5"1L *2 of 2 u..aE° A J H 2-13-06 ADV -7189 D 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 D C B D • - - - - • 8 7 I 6 I 5 b 4 I 3 I 2 l I LC UIF ETHERNET Pt USB P17 Pta 1B1 182 LB }PROGRAMMABLE NPUT 1 PROGRAMMABLE OUTPUT 1 PROGRAMMABLE INPUT 2 }PROGRAMMABLE OUTPUT 2 MODBUS RSA85_B1( +) MODBUS_R5485R1( -) MODBUS_RS485_B2(4) MODBUS_RS485R2( -) M00BUS_R5465_BI(+) MODBUS_R5485_A I( -) MODBUS_R5485_82(4) MODBUS_RS465_A2( -) SRI PASSWORD MAINTENANCE SPARE SPARE 3 4 PIO PSB P1 9 4 PI 8 4 P1 10 4 P1 13 • Pt to • KI K2 P1 -16 K1 II P1-I I CONTACTOR P1 -74 P1 184 P1 -84 P1 234 P1 -2 TO EMERGENCY SOURCE SCE C NO P1 -S P1 -24 4 P1 -214 P1 -20 P1 -19 4 P1 12 • P1 -11 • P1 -4 4 P1 22 • P1 -15 TS= T5= TS= Ts rsx TS NV TO LOAD SCN !TT TO NORMAL SOURCE P1 -3 8. NO INO SNx SE C 1 TC POSMON INDICATION ENGINE START AUXILLIARY CONTACTS ISA. 250YAC A4 -1 STANDARD A3 -1 No T11 OPTIONAL A4 -2 t A3 -2 ,NOT11 A4 -3 «y-� A3 -3 „NO T1 A4 -a TT ,, A3 -4 No T MODEL K1 40 -260 AMP OPEN TRANSITION SERIES RATED FOR WIRING DIAGRAM SEE GM46287 8 I 7 I 6 I 5 4 4 I 3 I 2 I -04.04 IK11 *1610 Maul )0GFNO A3, A4 - AUXIUJARY CONTATCTS BR - BRIDGE RECTIFIER CNE - TRANSFER COIL (NORMAL/EMERGENCY) K( /) - RELAY LCD - LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ALB - IAN LOGIC BOARD P( /) - PLUG P5B - POWER SUPPLY BOARD SCE - COIL CLEARING CONTATC EMERGENCY) SCN - COIL CLEARING CONTACT NOR SE - SWITCH POSITION CONTACT (EMERGENCY POSMoN) SN - SWITCH POSITION CONTACT (NORMAL POSITION) SW(LI) - DIP SWITCH T81 - CUSTOMER CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCK T82 - AUXILIARY TERMINAL BLOCK 15 - TRANSFER SWITCH UIF - USER INTERFACE NOTE: DIAGRAM SHOWN WITH - NORMAL' ENERGIZED AND CONTACTOR IN THE NORMAL POSITION, vr • tAs 7.. - AM -asA rM 1-4-04 _ KOHLER C4 DIAGRAM, SCHEMATIC GMF:a.ama P61 I-I GM46265 I D, 8 7 6 5 b 4 3 2 ENCLOSURE R AC1 TS COIL SCN C —( I0 12— SCE 7 OPTIONAL NEUTRAL CONFICI IRATIONY /- NONE SWITCHED LA LB LC IN LOAD NB NNC NN I NO MAL 1 1 1 T' 11 1 ER C EN EMERGENCY TB2 3 1 4 1 ENGINE START SE 41-45—* 10 10 SN I C 14 X0 e A4 Al NO NO N-1)- C C P--• Ib NC NC 0-j+- AA AT -)}o C C Ce—ly -lI-oNC NC a .4.1. AN A3 -{{-0 NO NOF -4I- •--o C C o—• -()- -P NC NC 0-9i- A4 AS NO NO e--1 C C I-a NC NC POSITION INDICATION AUXILIARY CONTACTS (STANDARD) AUXILIARY CONTACTS (OPTIONAL) RIGHT SIDE WALL DOOR TO VO PO TWlµL6 1100:1130:12 SE COSIGNER TB2 CONNECTIONS TB1 aS ESi ESn� :11t ra CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS BAT1 P17 11I2r3jN15l P16 rD� T —� I LcD DISPLAY' �J LL JJ Pt P10 P4 P3 curcrearr SENSING P1 P2 1® 211ST13 91cp�V 22218/114 100�p 2��} 23219/115 11 c5P�-,11 24A20P 16 12 `5c3, J1 an MEW 1- ,0-011 PAWING (71041) CRS FF.FND A3, AN - ANCILLARY CONTACTS BAT1 - BATTERY. 4.10 (THAI- 1550 /NP) BR - BRIDGE RECTIFIER CNE - TRANSFER COIL (NORMAL /EMERGENCY) J - CONNECTOR (JACK) P - CONNECTOR (PLUG) SCE - COIL CLLARING CONTACT EMERGENCY) SCN - COIL CLEARING CONTACT NORMAL SE - SWITCH POSITION CONTACT ERC POSITION) SN - SWITCH POSITION CONTACT NORMAL POSITION) SW(/) - OP SWITCH TB(Q) - TERMINAL BLOCK TS - TRANSFER SNITCH UIF - USER INTERFACE 31 CONNECTIONS (CONTACTOR TO MAIN I OGIC BOARD) 1 (SCE -NO) 13 13 (SE -NO) 2 (BR -AC1) IN IA (SN -NO) 3 (SCN -NO) 15 15 (TS -NC) A (TS -NC) 16 16 (TS -EC) 5 (BR -AC2) 17 N/C 6 (TS -EC) I6 16 (TS -E8) 7 (TS -EA) 19 19 (7S -IA) 6 (182 -3) 20 20 (TS -LB) 9 (182 -4) 21 21 (TS -LC) I TO (sE-C) 22 22 (T5 -NN) II 1I (T$ -NB) 23 23 (TS -EN) 12 12 (TS -NA) 24 24 (TS -LN) MODEL K1 40 -260 AMP OPEN TRANSITION SERIES RATED FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM SEE G1446265 11.11. I OBLEILCQ 11.. Y°P a %PdF)w11•AE 42 ems 1",. m A111 TRESS Aw I0.011 10-04 • DIAGRAM, WIRING ""'/// 1_to.a 8 7 6 4 r 0104i117A110 GM46287 1 DE D C B A KOHLER POWER EP_ L_ co Transfer Switch and Bypass Isolation Transfer Switch One -Year Limited Warranty Your Kohler product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original consumer, Kohler Co. warrants, for the period indicated below, each product to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. Repair, replacement, or appropriate adjustment at Kohler Co.'s option will be furnished if the product, upon Kohler Co.'s inspection, is found to be properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with Kohler Co.'s instruction manuals. A Kohler distributor, dealer, or authorized representative must perform startup. This warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, repair or service by unauthorized persons, or normal wear and tear. Kohler Product Warranty Coverage* Transfer Switch and Bypass Isolation Switch One (1) year from date of startup *Some restrictions may apply. Contact your Kohler distributor /dealer for full details. The following will not be covered by the warranty: 1. Normal wear, periodic service, and routine adjustments. 2. Damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative, or improper storage. 3. Damage caused by operation above or below rated capacity, voltage, or frequency; modifications; or installation contrary to published specifications, codes, recommendations, and accepted industry practices. 4. Original installation charges and startup costs. 5. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as: a. Failure to provide a clean, dry environment. b. Failure to perform recommended exercising. c. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as prescribed in supplied manuals. d. Use of other than factory- supplied or - approved repair parts and /or procedures. 6. Rental of equipment during performance of warranty repairs. 7. Non - Kohler- authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the Kohler Co. Warranty Department. 8. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective Kohler materials or workmanship. 9. Maintenance items such as fuses, lamps, and adjustments. A Startup Notification form must be on file at Kohler Co. A Startup Notification form must be completed by Seller and received at Kohler Co. within 60 days after the date of initial startup. Standby systems not registered within 60 days of startup will automatically be registered by Kohler Co. using the Kohler Co. ship date as the startup date. To obtain warranty service, call 1- 800 - 544 -2444 for your nearest authorized Kohler service representative, or write Kohler Co., Generator Service Department, Kohler, WI 53044 USA. KOHLER CO. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, or transportation charges in connection with the replacement or repair of defective parts. This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty nor is anyone authorized to make any on our behalf. ANY IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURPOSE, is expressly limited to the duration of this warranty. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. KOHLER, POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920 -565 -3381, Fax 920 - 459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 -544 -2444 Kohl erPowerSystems.com TP -5373 12/99d Extended Five -Year Comprehensive Transfer Switch Limited Warranty This Kohler product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original purchaser, Kohler Co. warrants for five years that the system will be free from defects in material and workmanship if properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with Kohler Co. instruction manuals. A Kohlerdistributor, dealer, or authorized representative must perform startup. This warranty is not effective unless a proper extended warranty registration form and warranty fee have been sent to Kohler Co. within one year of supervised startup. During the warranty period, repair or replacement at Kohler Co.'s option will be furnished free of charge for parts, provided an inspection to Kohler Co.'s satisfaction discloses a defect in material and workmanship, and provided that the part or parts are returned to Kohler Co. or an authorized service station, if requested. This extended warranty expires five full years after date of startup. This warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, or normal wear and tear while in your possession. The following will not be covered by the warranty: 1. Normal wear, periodic service, and routine adjustments. 2. Damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative, or improper storage. 3. Damage caused by operation above or below rated capacity, voltage, or frequency; modifications; or installation contrary to published specifications, codes, recommendations, and accepted industry practices. 4. Original installation charges and startup costs. 5. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as: a. Failure to provide a clean, dry environment. b. Failure to perform recommended exercising. c. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as prescribed in supplied manuals. d. Use of other than factory- supplied or - approved repair parts and /or procedures. 6. Rental of equipment during performance of warranty repairs. 7. Non - Kohler- authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from the Kohler Co. Warranty Department. 8. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints unless the problem is caused by defective Kohler materials or workmanship. 9. Maintenance items such as fuses, lamps, and adjustments. 10. Transfer switch main contacts. A Startup Notification form must be on file at Kohler Co. A Startup Notification form must be completed by Seller and received at Kohler Co. within 60 days after the date of initial startup. Product not registered within 60 days of startup will automatically be registered by Kohler Co. using the Kohler Co. ship date as the startup date. To obtain warranty service, call 1- 800 - 544 -2444 for your nearest authorized Kohler service representative or write Kohler Co., Generator Service Department, Kohler, WI 53044 USA. KOHLER CO. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, or transportation charges in connection with the replacement or repair of defective parts. This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty, nor is anyone authorized to make any on our behalf. ANY IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURPOSE, is expressly limited to the duration of this warranty. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. KOHLER. POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920 - 565 -3381, Fax 920 -459 -1646 For the nearest sales /service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1- 800 -544 -2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com TP -6087 2/00b Fuel Tank Dig Sheets 101 -103 . A I B I C I D E I F I G I H I I J I K L I M N 0 I P . ° cn WO# XXXX 10 NIXON POWER CALIFORNIA HOME DEPOT GENSET KOHLER 150REOZJE FACT. WTHR. am —� USEABLE GALLONS _ 144 280 ENCL. WEIGHT TANK WEIGHT GENSET WEIGHT TOTAL WEIGHT 750 LBS. 1,620 LBS. 3,300 LBS. 5,670 LBS. op 4o DESasvnON ASSEMBLY DRAWN BY: M.B. j I DRAWING NOT TO SCALE SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 1 SEE TANK PRINT 2 ti F- 3 4 5 6 1--' ND 5 6 ' 9 . 6511 6' _ . . ... .. - , . . .. • . . • DRAWN BY MB. DRAWING NOT TO SCALE DRAWING HISTORY REVISION DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION N/A 624/2010 ORIGINAL SUBMITTED u-) `— APPROVAL CHECKLIST REVIEWED BY DATE GENSET DELNERY DATE 914 8711.0 . _ .. .' 16 CONTROL PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKER NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN /RELEASE FOR PRODUCTION RIGHT SIDE RIGHT SIDE LEFT SIDE LEFT SIDE _ �„� ._ I O,- a Ii. .. _..... w � 222" 1 • r... �.. MJ...... , -. , -. , ,- ,,..,.•..,,- „,,•,- _.._,,.; _. _ _.. , _ _ . . , , ..... _ -vm,.. .._.. - . i._ vle Zei : -••. .,r-. -�..�_ __ __ NOT APPROVED/ REVISE AND SUBMIT REAR REAR �.. X....�. �. _..__�_._ ... 'APPROVAL CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION"' DISCLAIMER: I INTEN DRAWINGS ARE PROPERTY OF JRS DED FOR PRODUCTION OR RESALEOBYFANYIOTHIER UNLESS AUTHORIZED. APPROVAL CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION. JRS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS DUE TO INSUFFICIENT TECHNICAL SPECS, GENSET DRAWINGS, OR OTHER PROVIDED INFORMATION. N N i ` l 4 R S' CUSTOM FABRICATION, INC. OCALA, FL 34482 PHONE (352) 351 -2100 FAX (352) 351 -5881 44” 15T' A B C D E F G H I J K L M N 0 P • rn a0 I` A B C D E H J K L M N 0 l P ■ N FITTING DESCRIPTION LENGTH A 1/2° NPT FUEL SUPPLY DROP TUBE W/ CHECK VALVE 18° B 1/2' NPT FUEL RETURN DROP TUBE W/ CHECK VALVE 18° C 2" NPT LOW FUEL SWITCH AT 20% 13 -3/8" D 1 -1/2" NPT ROCHESTER FUEL GAUGE 15 -1/2" E 2' NPT NORMAL VENT F 4" NPT EMERGENCY VENT (PRIMARY) G 1/? NPT BASIN DRAIN AND ALARM H 4° NPT FDEP 7 -1/2 GALLON SPILL / FILL BUCKET WITH OPV J 2" NPT HIGH FUEL SWITCH (SET AT98 %) I 3/8" K 4° NPT EMERGENCY VENT (SECONDARY) L 2° NPT SPARE FITTING M 1/2° NPT ENGINE SPILL CONTAINMENT DRAIN • • 41" 44" ---12" -- 41$" '77//f ELEC STUB UP AREA z 86" 157" 137 -" (GENSET) i 222„ 0 A r10" O SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 1 MOUNT UNIT AND CONNECT FUEL LINES 2 FILL/SPILL CONTAINMENT 3 HIGH FUEL SWITCH AND LEAK DETECTION SWITCH 4 PAINT TANK JRS BLACK 5 NORMAL VENT 144' ABOVE GRADE (SHIPPED LOOSE) 6 ENGINE OIL SPILL CONTAINMENT 7 OVERFILL PREVENTION VALVE WI 8' DROP TUBE PIN 419 8 TANK PRESSURE TESTED ON SITE BY OTHERS 9 5 YEAR WARRANTY 10 INSTALL CUSTOMER SUPPLIED BATTERYCHARGER N SEISMIC ZONE 4 ISOLATORS CALDYN P/N RJJEO -C INSTALLED BETWEEN TANK AND CONCRETE PAD, SHIPPED LOOSE 12 13 2 13 "X14" SLOT (TYP. 6) 16 72" (SPILL /LEAK CONTAINMENT) 38" 1 f „ 2 73" 12" RIGHT SIDE ONLY® M 2 1,. 2 144" 24" -" ISOLATOR PAD (4 PLCS.) " (TYP. 4) - 24' WO# )000 NIXON POWER HOME DEPOT GENSET KOHLER 150REOZJE FACT. WTHR. O USEABLE GALLONS 280 ENCL. WEIGHT TANK WEIGHT GENSET WEIGHT TOTAL WEIGHT 750 LBS. 1,620 LBS. 3,300 LBS. 5,670 LBS. rn DESCRPUON UL#142 SEALED SECONDARY FUEL TANK DRAWN BY: M.D. DRAWING NOT TO SCALE DRAWING HISTORY REVISION DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION CO N/A 824/2010 ORIGINAL SUBMITTED I- CO APPROVAL CHECKLIST REVIEWED BY DATE U, GENSET DELIVERY DATE CONTROL PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKER NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN I RELEASE FOR PRODUCTION RIGHT SIDE RIGHT SIDE LEFT SIDE LEFT SIDE NOT APPROVED/ REVISE AND SUBMIT REAR REAR "'APPROVAL CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION"' DISCLAIMER: I ALL DRAWINGS ARE PROPERTY OF JRS CUSTOM FABRICATION AND NOT INTENDED FOR PRODUCTION OR RESALE BY ANY OTHER UNLESS AUTHORIZED. APPROVAL CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION. JRS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS DUE TO INSUFFICIENT TECHNICAL SPECS, GENSET DRAWINGS, OR OTHER PROVIDED INFORMATION. t� JRS CUSTOM FABRICATION, INC. OCALA, FL 34482 PHONE (352) 351 -2100 FAX (352) 351 -5881 N . A I B C D I E I F I G I H I I J K I L I M N 0 P ■ 10 WO# XXXX 10 NIXON POWER HOME DEPOT am GENSET I KOHLER 150REOZJE FACT. WTHR. rn USEABLE GALLONS 280 ENCL. WEIGHT TANK WEIGHT GENSET WEIGHT TOTAL WEIGHT 750 LBS 1,620 LBS. 3,300 LBS. 5,670 LBS. 18111 — CO oESCRPnw SUGGESTED PAD LAYOUT 68" ° • • °.d d ° d av . a e d d ° e a e 9' ' A .O 0 . Q ¢' ' , • • ••' °. a .• .,a • .• ,°e d d•• .. ,• ° a° • B.'d° v • •' It I INSTRUCTIONS 1 SEE TANK PRINT 1• — u d d,' •6 d ° a 4 .:. .. ee '9 • p a . a • d a ° '. e ° 6 44„ d' (FUEL TANK) 3 �— 4 5 6 DRAWN BY: M. I DRAWING NOT TO SCALE ELECTRICAL STUB AREA — DRAWING HISTORY REVISION DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION WA 80412010 ORIGINAL SUBMITTED C 34113 14$° —+^ r 4-5--" 1.0 a.•• d a d e° a, . • 16— ° a d 4 nd . 7 n • _ ° d a °4 d ' v d o ° 8 ' a a . e = o a .d d a . a d • • d. a d e a• • ; 12" APPROVAL CHECKLIST REVIEWED BY DATE • / . u° d a. ".1 a. G• ° a • a. • 4 GENSET DELIVERY DATE .c --12" 157" TANK) __.. (FUEL CONTROL PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKER NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN I RELEASE FOR PRODUCTION RIGHT SIDE RIGHT SIDE `'' _ PAD THICKNESS TO BE DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR 12'X4 5° LEFT SIDE LEFT SIDE M NOT APPROVED/ REVISE AND SUBMIT REAR REAR "'APPROVAL CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION"' a d ` / { • ... • . • °d ° e d o °a ., e a d v d d n . ;.e . ° ,. a •, ° • d d 744 4 d ° a a e ° • 4 • a DISCLAIMER: I ALL DRAWINGS ARE PROPERTY OF JRS CUSTOM FABRICATION AND NOT INTENDED FOR PRODUCTION OR RESALE BY ANY OTHER UNLESS AUTHORIZED. APPROVAL CHECKLIST MUST BE SIGNED PRIOR TO PRODUCTION. JRS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS DUE TO INSUFFICIENT TECHNICAL SPECS, GENSET DRAWINGS, OR OTHER PROVIDED INFORMATION. N 4 or sr CUSTOM FABRICATION, INC. OCALA, FL 34482 PHONE (352) 351 -2100 FAX (352) 351 -5881 r' K L M N 0 a�1 Va �i a Vt1\4%,I lAST_TurnThePage ■ NEW! EMERGENCY VENTS LISTED! A NPT Part No. Size 0366 -01 -4000 4" 0366 -01 -6000 6" 0366 -03 -4000' 4" 0366 -03 -6000' 6" 'Aluminum Base Features Wt.Ibs B 17.6 5 3/16" 27.6 6 1/4" 10.2 5 3/16" 19.3 6 1/4" Slimline style is ideal for limited space situa- tions. Durable cast iron top and base with alumi- num bases available. Machined top and base with a Buna N "0" Ring provide a vapor tight seal. Air flow at 2.5psi is 91,076 SCFH for 4" with screen and 227,191 SCFH for 6" with screen. 4" or 6" NPT female thread is standard. Emergency Vent Airflow Capacity Chart SCFH-Standard Cubic Feet Per Hour ® 23 psig Screens are standard 4 mesh galvanized steel. Clay & Bailey emergency vents are flow tested and UL listed. Capacity Size Part No. w/o Screen Capacity w /Screen 2" 0354 -02 -2000 19,218 3" 0365 -01 -3000 46,983. 3" 0365 -03 -3000 46,983 4" 0366 -01 -4000 105,460 4" 0367 -01 -4000 105,460 4" 0368 -01 -4000 89,641 4" 0369 -01 -4000 89,641 4" 0366 -03 -4000 105,460 17,707 43,770 43,770 91,076 91,076 77,415 77,415 91,076 4" 0367 -03 -4000 105,460 91,076 J 6401E 40th St. Kansas City, Missouri 64129 2198 4" 0368 -03 -4000 4" 0369 -03 -4000 6" 0366 -01 -6000 6" 0367 -01 -6000 6" 0368 -01 -6000 6" 0369 -01 -6000 6" 0366 -03 -6000 6" 0367 -03 -6000 6" 0368 -03 -6000 6" 0369 -03 -6000 8" 0368 -01 -8000 8" 0369 -01 -8000 8" 0368 -03 -8000 8" 0369 -03 -8000 8" 0370 -03 -8000 10" 0370-01-1000 89,641 89,641 267,284 267,284 227,988 227,988 267,284 267,284 227,988 227,988 553,507 553,507 553,507 553,507 518,821 788,616 77,415 77,415 227,191 227,191 210,527 210,527 227,191 227,191 210,527 210,527 477,033 477,033 477,033 477,033 448,054 672,108 Ceay uutn . Ce. 1- 816-924 -3900 1. 800. 821 -6583 FAX 1- 816 -924 -3903 www.elayhei4.ymm email CaodBmf ayhailey.00m Vents A0084 Pressure Vacuum Vent The Emco Wheaton A0084 is an internal pressure vacuum valve that restricts vapor escape during product drops. It meets all regulatory codes requiring the Installation of pressure vacuum vents. The A0084 -009 is UL listed. Model No. Inlet Pressure Sett II Vacuum Setting Weight A B A0084 -004 A0084 -009 (Intl) A0084 -100 A0084 -101 2" 2" Clamp on 2" 2" Clamp on 13.86-H20 (8.00oz.) I3.86"1420 8.000z) 2.00"H20 1.14oz 2.00"H10 114oz.) 08" H2O 0.50oz. 0.8"1420 0.50oz. 3.0"H20 I.88oz. 3.0"1120 1.138oz. 1.7 lb. 1.0 lb. 1.7 lb. 1.7 lb. 5" 5" 5" 5" 9.5" 8.9" 93" 95" Viton® is a registered trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomes • GARB Approval 95 -2I UL Listed MH10206 A0084 All Metal Pressure Vacuum Vent The Emco Wheaton A0084 is an internal pressure vacuum valve that restricts vapor escape during product drops. The body and cap are anodized aluminum for corrosion -free service. Model No. Inlet Pressure Setting Vacuum Setting Weight A0084 -014 2" BSP 1386" 0 8.00oz 0.8 "H20 O3Ooz. 2.0 lb. 40084 -015 2" 8SP 13.86 " 0 (8.00oz. 3.0"H20 I.BBoz. 2.0 lb. A0084 -038 2" 3.00" ti20 (1.73oz. 8.0"H20 5.00oz. 2.0 ib. A0084 -103 2" Clamp On 300"1120 ((I noz 8A" H2O 5.00oz. 2.0 lb. A0084 -105 2" Clamp On 2.00" H2O I.14oz. 08" H2O 0.50oz. 2.0 lb. A0084 -200 2" 2.00" H2O (1.14oz 3.0'1120 I.88oz. 2.0 lb. A0084 -201 2" Clamp On 2.00 "H20 (1.14oz.) 3.0"H20 I.88oz. 2.0 lb. A0084 -204 2" 1326" Hp (8.00oz.) O.B"H20 0.SOoz. 2.0 lb. A0084 -209 2" Clamp On 13.86" O 8.00oz.) 0B" 0 0.50oz. 2.0 lb. A0084 -215 2" Clamo On 13.86 HI0 (8.00oz.) 3.0" i.9:1 I.88oz; 2.0 lb. pward "V" Vent Wheaton A4103 Upward "V" Vent utilizes a straight -up "V" design to rapidly disperse vapors. SS style vent attaches to the i with three for easy installation. Screen an be east remo or c eaning. Designed in accordance with NFPA 30 and UL listed. Model No. A4103-002 t 1.5 Inlet 2" 1 1 Material I Weight Polyethylene I 0.7 lbs. I 5" I 5.9" It Material Body: Aluminum Seal: VIton° Cap: Polyethlene B • UL Listed MHI0206 A0785 Downward Mushroom Vent The Emco Wheaton A0785 Downward Mushroom Vent is designed for downward venting of stor- age tanks. The 30 mesh stainless steel screen can be easily removed for leaning. The A0785 threads onto either 1.5 or 2.0 inch vent lines. Clear coated aluminum for corrosion -free service. Model No. Inlet Material Weight 2.5 A0785 -001 1.5" & 2" Female Aluminum 1.0 lbs. A0785 -101 1.5" & 2" Fenno BSP Aluminum 1.0 lbs. 58 Emco Wheaton Retail • 2300 Industrial Park Drive • Wilson. NC 27893 ■ 252-243-0150 44 Series Single -Level Liquid Level Switches A selection of engineered single -level switches Features Madison Company offers a complete line of Standard and Configured (slightly modified Standard designs) models. These products continue to meet the needs of applications in many markets, at competitive prices. In addition, Madison Company offers the capability to design specific liquid level switches for OEM applications that require unique considerations in materials, configurations and system interfacing. Engineered designs incorporate over 45 years of experience in liquid level switch applications in a variety of environments and installation configurations. High reliability of the magnetic reed switch technology assures repeatability at an economical price. Our design experience and flexible manufacturing techniques also offer customers many value - added design and assembly options to reduce their product cost. • Single -point • Magnetic reed switch technology • High reliability • Wide selection of available materials • Three basic sizes: full, miniature and subminiature • Direct interface to controllers available Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com 0 Copyright Madison Company - 2/03 Product Selection Guide The first consideration is the type of liquid, temperature and pressure to which the switch will be subjected. Madison manufactures liquid level switches in various styles, in a variety of materials, to cover a broad range of conditions. Following are some basic recommendations for selecting the proper liquid level switch material for your application. Material Application c1 US See Approvals pages in Reference Sertioo Brass & Buna -N PBT & Buna -N For high- temperature (to 200 °C), high - pressure (to 300 PSIG) and corrosive conditions. Commonly used in food processing, medical, heating, and cooling equipment. For acidic conditions, such as found in electroplating and metal cleaning. Another choice for lower- temperature (to 105 °C) food processing applications (Madison Company uses only polypropylene that is FDA - approved for food contact). Also a good choice for general - purpose applications in commercial or consumer appliances and equipment. Available in white and other colors. The selection for petroleum -based liquids, such as lubricating oils, gasoline and diesel fuels. Widely used in storage tanks of vehicles, generators, transmissions and hydraulic systems. Other uses are in lubrication, recovery, refining and fuel processing equipment. Please note: PBT is not suitable for use in water above 65 °C. Chemical- and solvent- resistant properties make this material a problem solver for many applications. Its high- purity nature is ideal for food handling and sensitive laboratory or test equipment. Once a suitable material has been selected, the type of switch and configuration are the next considerations. Madison Company stocks a full line of standard products that can meet the requirements of many applications. For specific designs, Madison can custom - build, to order, switches with an infinite number of variations and options. Please utilize our M & MT Series single -level specification sheet which, when completed, will allow our engineering department to better meet your needs. Sensor solutions for today and the future' Madison Company 800 - 466 -5383 27 Business Park Drive, Branford, CT 06405 • 203 - 488 -4477 • Fax: 203 - 481 -5036 www.madisonco.com • E -mail: info @madisonco.com tI) Copyright Madison Company — 2103 C E R T I F I E D ISO 9001 ple M Series Stainless Steel Liquid Level Switches Full -size Switches MODEL NO. With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA LEAD WIRES FITTING ** APPROVALS M5600 MS5600 1 316SS 316SS 200 200 0.55 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D,E,I M5600 -SPDT MS5600 -SPDT 1 316SS 316SS 200 200 0.55 25" 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D,I M5601 MS5601 1 316SS 316SS 200' 200 0.55 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M5917 MS5917 1 316SS 316SS 250" 200 0.55 60 18 ga. UL /CSA apps 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M4600 MS4600 2 Buna -N 316SS 105' 150 0.45 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M4600 -SPDT MS4600 -SPDT 2 Buna -N 316SS 105" 150 0.45 25" 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M4601 MS4601 2 Buna -N 316SS 105` 150 0.45 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M8600 MS8600 2 PP 316SS 105 100 0.75 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M8600 -SPDT MS8600 -SPDT 2 PP 316SS 105' 100 0.75 25" 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M8601 MS8601 2 PP 316SS 105' 100 0.75 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M5600 -PR MS5600 -PR 3 316SS 316SS 200' 500 0.70 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT C,D,I MSB5600 — 4 316SS 316SS 110` 85 0.55 60 Teflon Cable 6 ft. — I M3842 4 316SS 316SS 100" 30 0.64 25" 18 AWG Neoprene Cable 10 ft. * SPDT switch operation PP= Polypropylene Miniature Switches MODEL With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA LEAD WIRES FITTING ** APPROVALS M5000 MS5000 5 316SS 316SS 200' 300 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C,D M4400 MS4400 6 Buna -N 316SS 105' 150 0.45 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C M8020 MS8020 6 PP 316SS 105' 100 0.80 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C,D PP= Polypropylene Side- Mounted Switches MODEL With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA LEAD WIRES ** APPROVALS M5900" — 11 316SS 316SS 200' 300 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D,E M5910" — 13 316SS 316SS 200` 300 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D,E M5920* — 12 316SS 316SS 200' 300 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D,E,I M5970 — 14 316SS 316SS 200' 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D M5010 MS5010 15 316SS 316SS 200' 300 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D * Available with extended stem length, see drawing No. 19. Consult factory for appropriate model number. MODEL SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA LEAD WIRES OUTER THREAD M3827 -1 — 16 316SS 316SS 200' 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/2 -13 Bulkhead M3827 -2 — 17 316SS 316SS 200' 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/2 NPT M3827 -3 — 18 316SS 316SS 200' 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8 NPT M3827 -1NO — — 316SS 316SS 200' 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/2 -13 Bulkhead M3827 -2NO — — 316SS 316SS 200 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/2 NPT M3827 -3NO — — 316SS 316SS 200' 50 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8 NPT Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com ** Refer to Approvals pages in Reference Section L Copyright Madison Company — 11/03 - • M Series Stainless Steel Liquid Level Switches Vertical Switches 2.13" (54.1) dia. max. 2.50"_, r_ 1.75" (44 4) I ll 2.38' dia. max. (60.4 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation Mounting by Two .281" (7.1) dia. Holes 3.89" (98.8) DWG No. 4 Actuation Level 1.37" (34.7) i 3.38" (885.8) 2.63" (66.8) 1/4' NPT DWG No. 2 r 2• (50.8) 1.50' (38.1) dia. max. (Potypro.) 1.25" (31.75) dia. max. (Buna -N) 1/8" NPT OWG No.5 1.63• (41.4) 225' 1 19• (57.1) (30.2) Jr I<- 1.13• -->1 (28.7) max. 1.90" dia. max. (48.2 mm) 2• dia. max. (50.8 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation i 3.38" (85.8) 2.63" (66.8) 1/8" NPT DWG No. 6 T (57.1)1 (25.4) 2.25" 1" (25.4) 2.05" (52.0) dia. max. 1.50" dia. max. (38.1 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation Side - Mounted Switches 1/2" NPT 1 NPT 4 50" (114.3) max. -� Outer Thread (Consul Factory) Consult Factory for Available 11 Length /2" NPT y DWG No. 19 ftwiriantme Extended Inner Thread Stem Length (Consult Factory) Consult Factory for Available Length ji'4oc T 3/8 -24 THD Bulkhead Mounting 450" (114.3) max -> DWG No. 12 TYP. 1.25" max. (31.75) Actuation Point Cutaway . Showing (25.4 1.13 " -+ Operation (28.7) max. DWG No. 15 1.90" dia. max. (48.2 mm) 1.5" max. (38.1) 1/2-13 Bulkhead 1/2" NPT 1/8" NPT 0.2501 (6.35) 1/2 -13 THD. Nut Washer 2 875" (73.025) 1.00" (25.4) 1/2 NPT. ('IIG1ll 1/4" NPT'JJ Gasket DWG No. 14 1.00" nom. (25.4) 4 50" (114.3) max --> DWG No. 13 6.25" (158.75) max. 5.12" (130.05) 5.77"(146.56) - DWG No. 17 5.77"(146.56) - DWG No. 18 DWG No. 16 3.50" (88.90) Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com ® Copyright Madison Company - 11/03 �..�..r� H._ .— (q) • • — • M Series Plastic Liquid Level Switches Full -size Switches MODEL NO. With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MAIL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA LEAD WIRES FITTING ** APPROVALS M8800 MS8800 28 PP PP 105' 100 0.75 60 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D,I M8800 -SPDT MS8800 -SPDT 28 PP PP 105 100 0.75 25 ** 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M8801 MS8801 28 PP PP 105° 100 0.75 100 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C,D M8800 -PR MS8800 -PR 28 PP PP 105" 100 0.75 100 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT C,D M7800* MS7800* 28 Buna -N PBT 105° 150 0.45 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M7800 -SPDT* MS7800 -SPDT* 28 Buna -N PBT 105' 150 0.45 25 ** 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M7801* MS7801* 28 Buna -N PBT 105' 150 0.45 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M8060 -PR MS8060 -PR 28 PP CPVC 105 100 0.75 100 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT C M9800 MS9800 28 Kynar Kynar 105° 15 0.75 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT B,C,D MSB7800* — 29 Buna -N PBT 105` 150 0.45 60 Nylon Cable 6 ft. - A,B,C,D MSB8800 — 29 PP PP 105` 100 0.75 60 PP Cable 6 ft. * Not for use in hot water at temperatures above 65 °C ** SPDT switch operation PP= Polypropylene Miniature Switches MODEL With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA LEAD WIRES FITTING ** APPROVALS M8000 MS8000 30 PP PP 105' 100 0.80 30 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C,D M4008 MS4008 - 30 Buna -N PP 105" 150 0.45 30 22 Oa. MTW 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C M7000* MS7000* 30 Buna -N PBT 105' 150 0.45 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C M9000 MS9000 - 30 Kynar Kynar 105° 15 0.85 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C,D * Not for use in hot water at temperatures above 65 °C PP= Polypropylene Side - Mounted Switches MODEL NO. With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA LEAD WIRES ** APPROVALS M8700 M8705 ' 32 PP PP 105° 100 0.60 30 22 ga. MTW 24" A,B,C,D M8725 MS8725 33 PP PP 105' 100 —� —� 0 60 30 22 ga. MTW 24" A,B,C,D M8740 — 34 PP PP 105` 100 0.60 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D M8750 M8755 35 PP PP 105` 100 0.60 30 22 ga. MTW 24" A,B,C,D M8790 — 36 PP PP 105` 100 0.60 30 22 ga. MTW 24" A,B,C,D M7700* M7705* 32 PBT PBT 150' 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C M7725* MS7725* 33 PBT PBT 150` 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C M7740* — 34 PBT PBT 150` 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C M7750* M7755* 35 PBT PBT 150` 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C M7790* — 36 PBT PBT 150' 100 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C M9700 M9705 32 Kynar Kynar 105 100 0.93 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C,D * Not for use in hot water at temperatures above 65 °C PP= Polypropylene Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com * * Refer to Approvals pages in Reference Section C Copyright Madison Company -- 11/03 • • • M Series Plastic Liquid Level Switches Subminiature Switches MODEL With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA LEAD WIRES FITTING ** APPROVALS M3326 - 31a PP PP 105' 50 0.85 15 22 ga. Teflon 24" 3/8 -16 A,B,C M3326 -NO - 31a PP PP 105' 50 0.85 15 22 ga. Teflon 24" 3/8 -16 A,B,C M3638 - 31b PP PP 105` 50 0.85 15 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT M3638 -NO - 31b PP PP 105 50 0.85 15 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT -- PP= Polypropylene DWG No. 28 1/4" NPT 3.38" (85.8) 2.63" (66.8) T (50.8) I 1.50" (38.1) dia. max. (Polypro.) 1.25" (31.75) dia. max. (Buna -N) DWG No. 31a 3/8 -16 THD R g�1 �m� T • on 1.85" .63" (4i ) (16.0) 111 1.25" i .l (31.7) • ` i .58" (14.7) DWG No. 31b 1/8" NPT -T 1.68" 63" (42.6) )(16.0 (31.7) 1.25" j .58" (14.7) 2" dia. max. (50.8 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation i 2.50" (63.5)- 1.75" (44.4)� Mounting by Two .281" (7.1) dia. Holes DWG le No. 29 3.89' (98.8) Actuation Level 1.37" (34.7) 3/4 -20 THD 4 30" (1 09.2) 7/8 -14 THD' < 3.31" (84.0) -> DWG No. 34 DWG No. 36 1.63" (41.4) 2.25" (57.1) DWG No. 30 1/8" NPT 1 2" NPT (25.4) (25.4) I 1.50" dia. max. (38.1 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation <- 2.75" (69.8) max. ---> 111111Zil*, DWG No. 35 <-2.84" (73.1 mm) max. -,l N 1 NPT Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com * * Refer to Approvals pages in Reference Section CO Copyright Madison Company - 11/03 is it M Series Brass Liquid Level Switches Full -size Switches MODEL NO. With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA LEAD WIRES FITTING ** APPROVALS M4300 MS4300 21 Buna -N Brass 105` 150 0.45 60 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M4300 -SPDT MS4300 -SPDT 21 Buna -N Brass 105" 150 0.45 25* 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M4301 MS4301 21 Buna -N Brass 105" 150 0.45 100 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M5400 MS5400 ` 21 316SS Brass 200' 200 0.55 60 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M5400 -SPDT MS5400 -SPDT 21 316SS Brass 200' 200 0.55 25* 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M5401 MS5401 21 316SS Brass 200- 200 0.55 100 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M8400 MS8400 21 PP Brass 105' 100 0.75 60 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M8400 -SPDT MS8400 -SPDT 21 PP Brass 105 100 0.75 25* 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C M8401 MS8401 > 21 PP Brass 105` 100 0.75 100 22 ga. MTW 24" 1/4" NPT A,B,C * SPDT switch operation PP= Polypropylene Miniature Switches MODEL With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA LEAD WIRES FITTING ** APPROVALS M4500 MS4500 22 Buna -N Brass 200' 300 0.45 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C M5040 MS5040 22 316SS Brass 105` 150 0.70 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C M8040 MS8040 22 PP Brass 105' 100 0.80 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" 1/8" NPT A,B,C PP= Polypropylene Side- Mounted Switches MODEL With SLOSH SHIELD DWG NO. FLOAT MATL STEM MATL MAX TEMP (CELSIUS) MAX PSIG FLOAT SG NOMINAL VA LEAD WIRES ** APPROVALS M4010 MS4010 23 Buna -N Brass 105 100 0.45 30 22 ga. Teflon 24" A,B,C DWG No. 21 T (50.8) I 1.50" (38.1) dia. max. (Polypro.) 1.25" (31.75) dia. max. (Buna -N) 2" dia. max. (50.8 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation DWG No. 22 xI 1.50" dia. max. (38.1 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation 1.61 ",i (40.8) DWG No. 23 2.96" (75.1) <- 1" -> (25.4) max. 1' Bulkhead Mounting 3/8 -24 THD 1 50" dia. max. (38.1 mm) Cutaway Showing Slosh Shield Operation Madison Company • (203) 488 -4477 • Fax (203) 481 -5036 • E -mail: info @madisonco.com • www.madisonco.com ** Refer to Approvals pages in Reference Section © Copyright Madison Company -- 11/03 The LC 1000 series alarm consoles are designed for use with any tank mounted sensing device that trans- mits an alarm condition by opening or closing switch contacts. While the controls are usable with a variety of field sensors, the LC's are optimized for level control. They assure com- plete safety and minimum installation cost by requiring only low current, intrinsically safe wiring between con- sole and tank switch. Housed in a water tight enclosure, the solid state circuitry provides from one (1) to four (4) alarm channels for monitoring up to four independent sensing points. Bright incandescent alarm lights and a loud sounding horn warn of alarm conditions. Dry con- tacts are provided for controlling your external devices such as pumps, valves, or remote alarm stations. Features Consoles can monitor multiple tanks High and low level warning lights Audible alarm with reset button Multiple switches Push button test Intrinsically safe operation of tank mounted sensors Operation Each alarm channel transmits a 12 VDC signal to a tank mounted level switch. When the switch senses a level alarm condition, the switch transfers and the LC 1000 circuit energizes the audible horn and in- dicator light. The light will remain on after silencing the horn by pressing the reset button. At any time, an operator may test the alarm circuit by pressing the test button. APPROVED File No. 1 Q3A4.AX IILiquid Level Control Systems Meets Overfill Alarm Requirements 6 0 0 6 6 .o.x r�,A. m�.y,. .o.d�G a..; ?oao <:e a•.,00.'o.f. a.q • Typical Application 00 Audible Alarm Controls -LC 1000 Specifications Power Input 120 VAC ± 10 %, 60 Hz Fuse — .10 AMP, AG -SLO BLO Power to Field Sensor Low electrical energy; 12 VDC at 15mA provided by control unit to each sensor switch. Safe for Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II Division 1, Groups E, G. Control Relay Output Dry switch contact — SPDT per point, rated 3 AMPS at 120 VAC; selectable either normally open or normally closed. Response Time Typically 1/2 second. Automatic horn silence option, adjustable 30 seconds to 3 minutes. Indicators /Controls Red light indicates alarm condition Horn signals audible alarm — 85dB min. Reset button silences alarm Test button tests alarm circuits Temperature -40° F to +160° F ( -40° C to +71° C) Enclosure NEMA 4- weatherproof standard Installation Wall mount standard Weight 6 lbs. (2.7 kg.) approx. — small case 11 lbs. (5 kg.) approx. — large case Sensor Cable Standard 2 conductor #18AWG Up to 5000 feet (by customer) Model Description Old Part Number LC1001 LC1002 LC1003 LC1004 Single Point Two Points Three Points Four Points LC1SA LC2SA LC3SA LC4SA ,- Specifications subject to change without notice. APPROVED File No. 1Q3A4.AX IIII1Liquid PNEUMERCATOR PNEUMERCATOR COMPANY, INC. 120 Finn Court, Farmingdale, NY 11735 (631) 293 -8450 FAX (631) 293 -8533 http://www.pneumercator.com imension 1- POINT BOTTOM OF CASE 2 HOLES FOR - 1/2" CONDUIT HUE 0.00 ANNUNCIATOR.. SILENCE SWITCH WARNING LIGHT AVAILABLE FOR HIGH OR LOW FUNCTIONS ANNUNCIATOR PNEUMERCATOR NAMEPLATE, CIRCUIT TEST SWITCH... 2 -POINT BOTTOM OF CASE HOLES FOR 1/2" CONDUIT HUBS 4 -POINT DIMENSIONS ARE N INCHES OVERALL DEPTH =4.75 INCHES Sample Specifications Provide and install for each tank A (high /low) level /overfill prevention alarm / control console. Console should display a visual indication of alarm condition and include an audible alarm horn with reset button. Visual indication should remain on until alarm condition is corrected. A test button on the alarm console should be provided to function test audible and visual alarm circuits. The console should provide a SPDT switch output, rated 3 AMPS at 120 VAC for controlling external devices. Electrical circuitry to tank mounted process sensors should be listed intrinsically safe for hazardous areas. The sensor wiring must be run in separate conduit containing no line voltage. Alarm console should consist of solid state electronic circuitry operated from 120 VAC power, housed in a weatherproof enclosure, model (see model number table) manufactured by the Pneumercator Co., Farmingdale, NY 11735. Distributed by: B- LC1000 Printed in U.S.A. 10/03 SPECIFICATION / DETAIL OPTIONS A- Capacity: Gallons B- Mounting Connection: Male (M), Female (F) C -Size: NPT threads D- Drain: Yes/No E- Screen: Yes /No F- Height: (Inches) G -Width (inches) H- Shipping weight (lbs.) I-Body Diameter J -ULC Listing: Yes (Y), No (N) Body: Powder coated white Lid: Powder coated white Hinge Bolt/Lock Nut: Zinc plated steel Fig. 518 Series Only: Drain Push Rod: Brass Drain Nut: Brass Spring: Bronze 0-ring: Flouroelastomer �Morrisvn Bros. Co DESCRIPTION Morrison Spill Containers contain any spills that occur at the fill point on Aboveground Storage Tanks. The Fig. 517 has a hinged cover that is lockable with a #3 Masterlock. It is of steel construction and powder coated white inside and out. The Fig. 518 Spill Container has a hinged cover that is lockable with a #1 Masterlock. It has a push type drain with a fluoroelastomer o -ring. It is of steel construction and powder coated white inside and out. T 1 I.D. NUMBER A B C D E F G H I J 517 -0100 AC 3.5 M 2 N N 8.13 17.25 9 13.14 Yes 517 -0200 AC 3.5 M 4 N N 8.63 17.25 9 13.14 Yes 517F -0100 AC 3.5 F 2 N N 8 17.25 10.5 13.14 Yes 517F -0200 AC 3.5 F 4 N N 10.13 17.25 10.5 13.14 Yes 517F000100 AC 3.5 F 2 N N 8 17.25 10.5 13.14 Yes 517W0-0100 AC 3.5 M 2 N Y 8.13 17.25 11 13.14 Yes 517W0 -0200 AC 3.5 M 4 N Y 8.64 17.25 11 13.14 Yes 518 -0100 AC 7.5 F 4 Y N 15.87 19.3 26 15.09 Yes 518CC -0100 AC 7.5 F 4 Y N 15.87 19.3 26 15.09 Yes 5.1;8M, 0:070,1AC_ 0 * '4; Y• ;N. ;17;2 11'9:3: 426' 7109 No 518M -0200 AC 7.5 M 2 Y N 16.4 19.3 20 15.09 No P.O. Box 238 • Dubuque, Iowa 52004 -0238 563.583.5701 (tel) • 800.553.4840.563.583.5028 (fax) w w w. m o r b r o s. c o m CALIFORNIA DYNAMICS CORP. I5572 ALHAMBRA AVE. LOS ANGELES, CA. 90032 -3106 CALL US - TO SET THINGS RIGHT PH (323) 223 - 3882 FAX (323) 223 - 7941 email: caldyn ®earthlink.net VIBRATION ISOLATOR Steel compression springs isolate loads up to 5880 lbs. per mount. Moderate spring deflections generally result in useage under medium through high speed equipment such as generator sets, pumps, air conditioning compressors, transformers, boilers, chillers, etc. EARTHQUAKE RESTRAINTS Pre - Approval 1 OPA -0012 has been granted by Californias Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). PRE - APPROVED MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOADS HORIZONTAL VERTICAL 1 3570 Lbs. 6780 Lbs. Neoprene Shock Cushions TYPE RJJEQ CALIFORNIA PRE - APPROVED ISOLATOR /RESTRAINT PRE - APPROVAL OPA-001 2 FILE 298 9/30/04 DATE: Attaching and Weight Transfer Bolt 3/4 -10 Upper Plate Attached Tube for horizontal Motion Restraint 6 Oper. ,Height Approx. Base Plate Attached Post for Horizontal Motion Restraint W Stud for vertical Motion Restraint VIBRATION ISOLATION RATINGS Type SIZE Max. Load (Ibs) Max. Defl. (in) Spring Rate (lbs/in) RJJEQ A, B or C 158 1.13 140 RJJEQ A, B or C 212 1.13 188 RJJEQ A, B or C 240 2 . 30 104 RJJEQ A, B or C 310 2.00 155 RJJEQ A, B or C 374 1 . I 340 RJJEQ A, B or C 402 1 . 70 236 RJJEQ A, B or C 488 1 . 13 432 RJJEQ A, B or C 592 1 . 60 370 RJJEQ A, B or C 636 1 . 13 562 RJJEQ A, B or C 790 1 . 80 440 RJJEQ A, B or C 1022 1 . 50 682 RJJEQ A, B or C 1430 1 . 30 1100 RJJEQ A, B or C 1602 1 . 00 1602 RJJEQ A, B or C 2120 1 . 00 2120 RJJEQ A, B or C 3040 . 78 3900 RJJEQ A, B or C 3920 . 78 5030 RJJEQ D 1533 1.50 1023 RJJEQ D 2145 1.30 1650 RJJEQ D 2403 1.13 2127 RJJEQ D 3180 1.00 3180 RJJEQ D 4560 . 78 5844 RJJEQ D 5880 . 78 7569 Rubber Pad Cushio between horizontal Restraining Elements G Dia. 4 Holes 4 Sizes of Broad Base Plate for proper 4 Anchor Spacing Size A B C D L 10 10 12 12 S 8)12 8) 10 10 W 7)12 9 10)12 12 M . 6 772 9 10 G % 743 7/8 TYPICAL CALLOUTS Type _Max. Load RJJEQ B 1022 T--- Size , 01, CALIFORNIA DYNAMICS CORP. CALD'N LOS ANGELES, CA. 90032-3106 PH (323) 223 - 3882 FAX (323) 223 - 7941 email: caldyn @earthtink.net APPROVE D Fixed Equipment Anchorage Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development OPA -0012 on . Thursday, September 30, 2004 •••• Valid fbr 3 Years Maximum'*" INTERACTION CURVE 7= 1 6780 Lbs. 6 =� 4 3 E1 2 ' Calculated Up /Down and Horizontal values, plotted as a point, must be Located beneath this fine.— 3570 Lbs. 45' 3570 Lbs. 0 :1oII i 1 IJill! ;un° nnn.nnlnnlm;lnuluunn ni 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Horizontal L S hn D. Gillengerten 916)654-3547 NOTICE 297A File page describing PRE-APPROVAL USE: is included in OPA - 0012 PRE - APPROVAL ?LAN • Dia. Equipment Attach & Load— Transfer Bolt Is- M N Steel Washer and Rubber , Grommet TYPE RJJEQ ISOLATOR /RESTRAINT W /CALIF. PRE -APPROVED SEISMIC PROTECTION OPA - 0012 FILE 297 9/17/04 ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN ap Ca / p 1+ 3 h F = X W P Rp { hr! p Where : ap = 2.5 (Isolated), R= 1.5 (Isolated), Ip = 1.5 (Hospital) Except that: Fp shall not be less than O.7Ca I p Wp and need not be more than 4Ca I p Wp and Fp = Fp/ 1.4 (1612.3.1, 2001 CBC) NOTES : 1.) Design of anchorage to Structure by the structural engineer of Record. 2.) Fp for shallow or Expansion anchors shall be increased by factor of 1.3 per 2001 CBC Table 16A -0, Footnote 14 3.) RJJEO Maximum clearance not greater than 1/4 inch Design force may be taken as Fp Neoprene Pad J ELEVATIONS All dimensions in inches. Size A B CD L 10 ! 10 ' 12 12 S 81/2 8q 10 . 10 W 712 a 9 . 101 12 M 6 � 7?i i 9 10 G $'s a - 0 •i3 T 3g ; % 12 1.2 SHOWN WITH STANDARD ADAPTOR 9095A -0200 AV or 9095A -0300 AV SHOWN WITH QUICK DISCONNECT ADAPTOR 9095A -0500 AV or 9095A -0600 AV SHOWN WITH FEMALE ADAPTOR 9095A -3200 AV or 9095A -3300 AV Drop Tube Adaptor (For Morrison Fig 419 Drop Tube) I.D. NUMBER A B C D HT. WT. 9095A4)200'AV 2". ,2S. :11•• ::12: :19.25 =14:1 • 9095A -3200 AV 2" 2D 11 12 19.25 14.1 9095A -0500 AV 2" 2X 11 12 19.25 12.6 9095A -0300 AV 3" 3S 13.56 13.75 19.56 29 9095A -0600 AV 3" 3X 13.56 13.75 19.56 26 9095A -3300 AV 3" 3D 13.56 13.75 19.56 38 9095A -4000 AV 2" 3S4 11.67 12.67 19.9 9095A -4200 AV 2" 3F 11.67 12.67 19.9 Series 9095A Overfill Prevention Valves are ULC Listed and Approved by the NYC Fire Department (Certificate of Approval #5028) Established 1855 325 East 24th Street Dubuque, Iowa 52001 Ph: 800.553.4840 Fax: 563.583.5028 PEI ROCH ESTER GAUGES IN. ISO 9001:2008 CERTIFIED Magnetic Liquid-Level Gauges Application The 8600 Series Senior spiral gauges are designed for use in measuring liqLrid.leVels in hydraulic, lubridating or fuel-oil storage tanks, and gasoline and diesel fuel levels in stationery, standby and Mobile generators_ The 8600 Series is not recommended for off-road eqUipment General Information & Features The 8640 spiral gauge incorporates a strong Alnico magnet capable of driving a TwinSite• sender which provides a direct, fractional reading and also sends an eledrical signal to areniete reteiver, The 8660 spiral gauge is supplied with an easy to read, side-view tact/0PP! diO, -11.* ftroael 8680 spiral gauge is equipped with a standard top reading fractionaldial. All 8600 Series spiral gauges have a 13f" MNPT tank connection and are saitable.fontaiikbreSsuret up to 25 psig majrimum. They are designed for top mounting in tanks up to 36" deeparidebine'..fflock- els are UL listed for flammable liquids . Model- #: Sender or Dial, Type 8640 8640 Sender in cholce'of Q.:WO-90, or 240-30 Ohm ranges. Specifyr,.your preference when ordering. 8660 #5025S00570 Senior m' side-reading fractional dial. 8680 _ #5844601793 Senforw,direct-reading fractional dial. See reverse side for dimensional data, materials of construction, performance, and advice on how to oider: The Measure of Excellence 4u1'8600:Series't Magnetic Liquid-Levet Gauges twit Senior Twin Si nder (Specify ohm range) Senior Dial General Specifications* Mounting Deigned for top-mounting only. Repeatability Repeatability depends on proper gauge sizing & tank con- flguratiOn. Normally, standard dials are 7%'; side-reading dials are ±8%; & TwinSite° senders are ±12%. Vibration im- proves repeatability. Tfampairatuire Standard operating range is -406F to 15&F, -40C to 70C. Humidity Exposed portion should be painted for marine applications, less dial. Shock Shorter 'sizes are suitable for some mobile, off-road application. Vibration Shorter sizes are suitable for some mobile, off-mad application. Power qs watts maximum for TwinSite- versions. Tank Pressure 0 to 25 psig [0- 1, 7 Bar] maximum. Approval Direct indicating gauge. Available UL ftted for flammable liquids. Some models UL recognized for marine service. 0 ROCHESTER GAUGES INC. Senior Side-Reading Dial Lixt e 5 • \' 1 58, n 1440 1- Standard Construction Materials of Construction * Head Die-cast zinc. Guide Rod bnc-plated steel; brass optional at extra cost. Centershaft Brest, Tie Plate, Guide & Bearing Pin Stainless steel. Float Nitrite rubber. Drive Magnet Alnico. Standard Dial Polycarbonate, hermetically seated. Side-View Dial Aluminum with polycarbonate crystal, hermetically sealed. TwinSite Sender Potyamide. • Listerials and specificaftons ere subject to change without notice. Pressure ridings stint to change due to temperature and other GA vitanmental consideragons. When ordering, specify: 1. Gauge model number. 2. Tank height. 3.0hm range on TWinSite versions. 4. Riser height, if any. 5. Any special requirements. 01/29/10 The Measure of Excellence 11616 Harry Hines Blvd. • P0. Box 29242. • Dallas, TX 75229 (972) 241-2161 FAX (972)520-1403 Webs:tit. httOhInvw.mahostergaugei.corn • Email info@rochestergauges.sorn liver www.pacificpowergen.com 5808 South 196th Street Kent WA 98032 253 -395 -9077 253 - 395 - 2408 /Fax 6100 South 6th Way Ridgefield WA 98642 360 -887 -5980 360- 887- 0942/Fax Customer /) /),/\ 1,Po we rr- Site ID H o m P 705- C08/0 5 I 501-(,, ' TL k tits (c. (4)/q 9 g PO# Contact :c) ,eAca 4. Me- O e Phone # L27 S) -% /94- � � `� C_) Complaint 5 /'c4. /' 4 c. i Address SRO # 3-2 Date Job Type: - "Billable ❑ Warranty ❑ Internal ❑ Other Cause GENERATOR SERVICE REPORT 1-M616(349 Gen S/N S -0 Q E Model # 705"19 Spec # Kb I (e r` Mfg. I .' .t L i/ 130')5 Y,rp"7 \t2 *3o7v 62ATMS d SeMI l KSS 00Ik -00 ` O 15 # Kr>bl`e (l �J • Mfg. > () 75 PH & Volts Si) vpfo SL 1 2-5 Lt Engine SIN Hours In Service Date L90(_0 SNF28Y Model # Mfg. Battery, Qty & Type Block Heater # Block Heater Volts Block Heater Watts OifFilter _ -J ir1101 :Filter F4e1 Filter Correction C- o to r1 fn c ske , ( S (�� ,' t,Lp ; 512 .ec_ L 'U0 q. et (4 O pp se. g � l c,A 5�-e, -e. S w G, -f -e7T/ � 7/ 5 . iC>� e "�IIit. ru a r rt ct_ ( F-e_ e,r S . At/ _5 t� 5) e it, S/ ',c.� a r- ke'4.7 6tky G c- � 5 S 5 u�oa- rte. rt c c� l r ec-/� 4 Air Filter Other kcx) r1 ®� bn u c_i0 -5- For Ge/t At ✓t. ra l; e em cC■f" Re 4-e. n Gc. a _(; o A Warranty Warranty on new engines, transmissions and part is limited to the manufacturer's warranty. Reliabilt parts are warranted to be free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for a period of six months. Automotive Reliabilt engines are warranted to be free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for six months or 50,000 miles whichever occurs first. Marine and industrial engines are warranted for six months or 2,000 hours, whichever occurs first. THERE ARE NO OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE UNLESS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SPECIFIED HEREIN. Pacific Power Generation sole obligation under this Warranty is to repair or exchange, at its option, any such goods or services which are found by Pacific Power Generation to be defective in workmanship or material. The foregoing shall De the sole and exclusive remedy for any such defect, whether in contract (tort) warranty or otherwise. In no event shall Pacific Power Generation be liable for any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages in connection with or arising out of the sale of goods for fumishin• . ervices. Customer Signature Technician Signature Open Account COD Check # C/C # Exp Date Card Holder Parts Labor Mileage Supp /Env SST Total • OH . WER SYSTEMS Follow the startup checklist on the back of this form. Then complete the form. This form is required for coverage under the Kohler limited warranty and must be completely filled out at the time of initial startup. Representatives of the distributor /dealer and owner must sign the notification form. Signing this form represents acceptance of the unit and that all information on the startup form Is correct. Retum a copy of the completed form to the Kohler Co. within 60 days of the startup date. Startup Notification Startup Date mo. % day G 3 yr ? l State ZIP/Postal Code Country vt k, tit.) , c W A 98 / E; k hi Round-trip miles from nearest authorized Kohler servicing distributor /dealer to the power system equipment �tntlustrial ❑ Residential/Commercial io of rmattoW(onl.it llbal coiumMustb a ,.:mss y, s •P �:t i, ;. :J ❑ Mobile/Towable/Trailer- Mounted .Stationary Koh* Representative's Name (print) 1<.e (( r '( .p PO r F,c ?ow 0kr &cam 42/ A.1�gO Kohler Representative's Signature and Date mo. — day Form Distribution: Mail WHITE copy to: Warranty Department, MS 072, Kohler Co., Kohler, WI 53044 resentative's Name (print) E l P c W7r "e five's SI ature and Date PINK copy: Distributor /mo. 2 day G 3 yr. 1 YELLOW copy: Owner's Representative K-625 (1/070). a a t . • ♦ 1 a tt e•4 ♦ . v a ♦ ♦ Y ♦ ,'1 ' ♦ January 13, 2011 • City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Fire Department Nicholas J. Olivas, Fire Chief Mr. Doug Coger 1506 W. Whispering Wind Drive Suite 130 Phoenix, Arizona 85085 Re: Home Depot 6810 S. 180th Street Tukwila, WA 98188 Dear Mr. Coger: I am replying to your request for relief of Tukwila Municipal Code Section 16.16.040(4) for the storage of combustible fuel in an aboveground fuel tank as outlined in permit application M10 -148. The installation of the standby generator with belly tank will be allowed. Screening of the generator by either an approved enclosure or landscaping to prevent the public from seeing the generator installation shall be approved by the City and installed. If you have any further questions, do not hesitate to contact me. Sincerely, Don Tomaso Fire Marshal Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -575 -4404 • Fax: 206 -575 -4439 12/23/2010 • Correspondence • December 20, 2010 Project Subject Dear Sir or Madam: [P101233] HD #4705 Generator Upgrade - Tukwila, WA Request for Exception (FD Comment) To better improve the existing Home Depot Retailer at 6810 S. 180th St in Tukwila, we propose to remove the existing 60KW Propane Generator with limited capabilities currently only allowing emergency egress lighting. The proposed new generator is a 150KW Diesel with a 280 gallon Double Walled Tank that meets all AQMD standards. This new generator will provide the community a wider range of service if and unexpected natural disaster should occur. The upgraded 150KW will provide all of the existing emergency egress lighting along with optional loads to keep the store functional such as Panel & Radial Arms Saws, Computer Systems and Cash Registers, Trash Compactors, Bailers, Fork lift battery chargers, and other essential equipment for operation, should an unexpected event such as this occur. With this being taken into consideration we are proposing this as an exception to the TUC 18.28.060 (unless incidental and secondary to a permitted use) Sincerely, Douglas Coger Branch Manager Correspondence No. 00006 Rogers Electric 1506 W. Whispering Wind Dr. Suite 130 Phoenix, AZ 85085 Phone: 623 - 516 -7380 Fax: 623 - 516 -7396 CORRECTION Mio -itia RECEIVED JAN 042011 P ITCENTER C: /... /Correspondence -00006 0- Reques... 1/1 October 27, 2010 • • Tu Jim Haggerton, Mayor ep.• +rtment of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Doug Coger L Rogers Electric 1506 W Whispering Wind Dr — Ste 130 Phoenix, AZ 85085 RE: Correction Letter #1 Mechanical Permit Application Number M10 -148 Home Depot — 6810 S 180 St Dear Mr. Coger, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your mechanical permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Fire Department. At this time the Building Department has no comments. Fire Department: Al Metzler at 206 575 -4407 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Bill Rambo Permit Technician encl File: M10 -148 W:\Permit Center \Correction Letters \2010Vv110 -148 Correction Letter NI .DOC 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 0 Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 0 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau Al Metzler, Fire Project Coordinator Fire Prevention Bureau Review Memo Date: October 25, 2010 Project Name: Home Depot Generator Address: 6810 S 180 St Permit #: M10 -148 Plan Reviewer: Al Metzler, Fire Project Coordinator The Fire Prevention Bureau conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and /or other applicable documentation. 1. Installation of outside aboveground flammable /combustible liquid storage tanks is limited to MIC, LI or CLI zones per City Ordinance. The proposed location of the diesel fuel tank is zoned TUC and therefore is not allowed. 2. Requests for an exception must be made in writing to the Fire Marshal. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Fire Prevention Bureau at 206- 575 -4407. No further comments at this time. • • August 23, 2010 Project [P101233] HD #4705 Generator Upgrade - Tukwila, WA Subject Permit Description Scope Of Work Dear Sir or Madam: Replace the existing SOKW Propane emergency generator with new 150KW Diesel emergency /standby generator at the same exterior block wall & fence enclosure location. Install new ATS -2 and associated equipment for existing re routed "Optional" Toads, provide new 150amp feeder to generator served from ATS -2, install new ATS -1 for existing emergency loads and re use existing feeder. No new branch circuits will be added to the existing building service. Sincerely, IC: • (....?"--••• Douglas Coger Branch Manager Correspondence No. 00005 Rogers Electric 1506 W. Whispering Wind Dr. Suite 130 Phoenix, AZ 85085 Phone: 623-516 -7380 Fax! 623 -516 -7396 August 3, 2010 To: Building and Planning Dept. RE: Home Depot Generator Permit To Whom It May Concern, ROGER S ELECTRIC° We authorize Permit Place and its associates and representatives thereof to apply for, and pull permit and /or business license for the above listed project /our firm. Let me know if you have questions, Rogers Electric P nix : ranch Manager oug Cog /dc Rogers Electric www.lrogerselectric.com 2050 Marconi Drive • Suite 200 • Alpharetta, Georgia 30005 • 770.772.3400 • 1.866.592.9161 Fax 8349 S. Arrowridge Boulevard • Charlotte, North Carolina 28273 • 704.523.7100 • 1.866.276.4255 Fax 5050 Nike Drive • Suite E • Hilliard, Ohio 43206.614.876.9336. 1.866.576.9323 Fax 8324 Sterling Street • Irving, Texas 75063 • 214.441.2222 • 214.441.2240 Fax 1506 W. Whispering Wind Drive • Suite 125 & 130 • Phoenix, Arizona 85085 • 623.516.7380 • 623.516.7396 Fax 4450 Pet Lane • Suite 112 • Lutz, Florida 33559 • 813.829.8140. 813.907.9631 Fax 3110 West 84th Street • Suite 10 • Miami, Florida 33018 • 605.512.0630 • 305.512.0633 Fax • • PERM -,x COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: M10 -148 PROJECT NAME: HOME DEPOT SITE ADDRESS: 6810 S 180 ST Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 DATE: 01 -04 -11 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works / I re c 1-11-t1 Fi Prevention a Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 01-04 -11 Complete Incomplete ❑ Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Notation: Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: 02-01-11 Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • PLAN REVIEW /RO TING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: M10 -148 PROJECT.NAME: HOME DEPOT SITE ADDRESS: 6810 S 180 ST X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 10 -15 -10 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: �(�1s itS-1° Public Works ❑ Aw\ d�v \J Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 10 -19 -10 Complete Incomplete ❑ Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route T Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Notation: Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: 11 -16 -10 Not Approved (attach comments) xr REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: I 0 �)- 7 ( 'l 1 Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Firek°°-.- Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • • City of Tukwila Steven M Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us REVISION SUBMITTAL Steve Lancaster, Director Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: Plan Check/Permit Number: M10-148 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # ^ after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Home Depot Project Address: 6810 S 180 St a Contact Person: Doty 8 (° r�p:4. r'" Phone Number:... 23 - SI �e -73 / 0 Summary of Revision: Q LE 41-! d` eL , r .� Alµ r c La r CEI ED JAN 04 2011 PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): j'l% 1 * (L e fl-ea at-y) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: CSI---Entered in Permits Plus on 1-2-4 —1 \applicationslfonns- applications on Iinelrevision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Contractors or Tradespeople Peter Friendly Page Electrical Contractor A business licensed by L &I to contract electrical work within the scope of its specialty. Electrical Contractors must maintain a surety bond or assignment of savings account. They also must have a designated Electrical Administrator or Master Electrician who is a member of the firm or a full -time supervisory employee. Business and Licensing Information Name Phone Address Suite /Apt. City State Zip County Business Type Parent Company LIN R ROGERS ELECTRICAL INC 7707723400 2050 Marconi Dr, Ste 200 Alpharetta GA 30005 Out Of State Corporation UBI No. Status License No. License Type Effective Date 601825239 Active LINRRRR956B1 Electrical Contractor 1/21/2005 Expiration Date 1/29/2013 Suspend Date Specialty 1 General Specialty 2 Unused Electrical Administrator INFORMATION License LAUTTSR919K6 Name LAUTT, SCOTT R Status Active Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date CORP SYSTEMS, C T Agent 01/21/2005 1/27/2010 LIN, ROGERS President 01/21/2005 $250.00 WEBB, KEN Secretary 01/21/2005 ELECTRICAL CITATION FINNEL, MIKE Vice President 01/21/2005 1/27/2010 Bond Information Page 1 of 2 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 1 WESTERN SURETY CO 929356576 01/14/2005 Until Cancelled $4,000.00 01/21/2005 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Summons /Complaint Information Summons and Complaints are not filed with the department for this contractor type Warrant Information Warrants are not filed with the department for this contractor type Infractions /Citations Information Infraction / Citation Date RCW Code Type Status Violation Amount EOXFJ00291 1/27/2010 19.28.061 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 EOXFJ00289 1/27/2010 19.28.061 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 EOXFJ00287 1/27/2010 19.28.061 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 ECHAP00712 6/10/2010 19.28.101 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 ECOPK00399 3/30/2006 19.28.161 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 ECOPK00397 3/30/2006 19.28.041 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $500.00 ECOPK00400 3/30/2006 19.28.161 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 ECOPK00398 3/30/2006 19.28.101 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 ECLEO00575 10/26/2009 19.28.161 RCW ELECTRICAL CITATION Satisfied $250.00 https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip/Print.aspx 02/09/2011 V25 (j524)00 -V,,',17) ::•••"; 1: F625-052,000 (8/97) DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTIUES LICENSED AS moviDED BY LAY,/ AS ELEC CONTR GENERAL _ LIN R ROGERS ELECTRICAL INC 2050 MARCONI DR STE 200 ALPHARETTA GA 30005 And ,1)1splay Certificate --- LICENSED AS PROVIDE') BY LAW AS ELEC CONTR GENERAL LICENSE # EXP. DATE EL-01 LINRRRR955111 1/29/2011 EFFECTIVE DATE ' 1/21/2005 LIN R ROGERS ELECTRICAL INC 2050 MARCONI DR STE 200 Al..PHARETTA GA 30005 Si FA Lature Is!,1.1ed by DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES 3 0 0 0.5 $15,R R2.5 Please Remove And Sign Identification Card Before Placing In Billfold 0 6o Oct 07, 2010 Drawing Name: H: \1 0 —jobs \10171 \ELEC \10171 e0.dwg 180TH ST • -856' HOvE DEPOT STORE #4705 EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM N235' - — NEW LOCATION OF NEW GENERATOR, EXISTING GENERATOR SHALL BE I REMOVED. I —338' y f 1 , /�D� SL+Q ( r kyki r.e s1.0 -‹ 1 es+ ZNGI�Q, "'� Q' h CS fKe l /l � V Re . -710' COSTCO RD r GENERATOR SITE PLAN E -0 SCALE: 1" = 60' - 0" LLJ LLJ 0 ROGERS ELECTRIC' 2050 MARCONI DRIVE, SUITE 200 Office: (770) 772 -3400 ALPHARETTA, GA 30005 Fax: (866) 592 -9161 ISEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: ❑ Mechanical i'I Electrical (" Plumbing Ci''as Piping City of Tukwila BUILS:IING DIVISION FILE COPY Permit No Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Field Copy and •. • • ' 4 s is acknowledged: BY). Fate: City Of lUkwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPIMED JAN 18 2011 vt(i City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION — 1L.t S RECEIVED M IO OCT 15 2010 PERMIT CENTER >-� 00 00 O H� H gae � wO i� w H O Prznl Record Revzszons N2 OATF, /V4lig Pale Job /Va. 08/02/10 10171 Skeet Tale GENERATOR SITE PLAN Sheol Alb. E -0 •Released JiffConslrrclion 77 No/ Re/Eased for Construction